1 /* vi:set ts=8 sts=4 sw=4 noet: 2 * 3 * VIM - Vi IMproved by Bram Moolenaar 4 * 5 * Do ":help uganda" in Vim to read copying and usage conditions. 6 * Do ":help credits" in Vim to see a list of people who contributed. 7 * See README.txt for an overview of the Vim source code. 8 */ 9 10 /* 11 * eval.c: Expression evaluation. 12 */ 13 #define USING_FLOAT_STUFF 14 15 #include "vim.h" 16 17 #if defined(FEAT_EVAL) || defined(PROTO) 18 19 #ifdef VMS 20 # include <float.h> 21 #endif 22 23 #define DICT_MAXNEST 100 /* maximum nesting of lists and dicts */ 24 25 static char *e_letunexp = N_("E18: Unexpected characters in :let"); 26 static char *e_undefvar = N_("E121: Undefined variable: %s"); 27 static char *e_missbrac = N_("E111: Missing ']'"); 28 static char *e_dictrange = N_("E719: Cannot use [:] with a Dictionary"); 29 static char *e_letwrong = N_("E734: Wrong variable type for %s="); 30 static char *e_illvar = N_("E461: Illegal variable name: %s"); 31 #ifdef FEAT_FLOAT 32 static char *e_float_as_string = N_("E806: using Float as a String"); 33 #endif 34 35 #define NAMESPACE_CHAR (char_u *)"abglstvw" 36 37 static dictitem_T globvars_var; /* variable used for g: */ 38 #define globvarht globvardict.dv_hashtab 39 40 /* 41 * Old Vim variables such as "v:version" are also available without the "v:". 42 * Also in functions. We need a special hashtable for them. 43 */ 44 static hashtab_T compat_hashtab; 45 46 /* 47 * When recursively copying lists and dicts we need to remember which ones we 48 * have done to avoid endless recursiveness. This unique ID is used for that. 49 * The last bit is used for previous_funccal, ignored when comparing. 50 */ 51 static int current_copyID = 0; 52 53 /* 54 * Array to hold the hashtab with variables local to each sourced script. 55 * Each item holds a variable (nameless) that points to the dict_T. 56 */ 57 typedef struct 58 { 59 dictitem_T sv_var; 60 dict_T sv_dict; 61 } scriptvar_T; 62 63 static garray_T ga_scripts = {0, 0, sizeof(scriptvar_T *), 4, NULL}; 64 #define SCRIPT_SV(id) (((scriptvar_T **)ga_scripts.ga_data)[(id) - 1]) 65 #define SCRIPT_VARS(id) (SCRIPT_SV(id)->sv_dict.dv_hashtab) 66 67 static int echo_attr = 0; /* attributes used for ":echo" */ 68 69 /* The names of packages that once were loaded are remembered. */ 70 static garray_T ga_loaded = {0, 0, sizeof(char_u *), 4, NULL}; 71 72 /* 73 * Info used by a ":for" loop. 74 */ 75 typedef struct 76 { 77 int fi_semicolon; /* TRUE if ending in '; var]' */ 78 int fi_varcount; /* nr of variables in the list */ 79 listwatch_T fi_lw; /* keep an eye on the item used. */ 80 list_T *fi_list; /* list being used */ 81 } forinfo_T; 82 83 84 /* 85 * Array to hold the value of v: variables. 86 * The value is in a dictitem, so that it can also be used in the v: scope. 87 * The reason to use this table anyway is for very quick access to the 88 * variables with the VV_ defines. 89 */ 90 91 /* values for vv_flags: */ 92 #define VV_COMPAT 1 /* compatible, also used without "v:" */ 93 #define VV_RO 2 /* read-only */ 94 #define VV_RO_SBX 4 /* read-only in the sandbox */ 95 96 #define VV_NAME(s, t) s, {{t, 0, {0}}, 0, {0}} 97 98 static struct vimvar 99 { 100 char *vv_name; /* name of variable, without v: */ 101 dictitem16_T vv_di; /* value and name for key (max 16 chars!) */ 102 char vv_flags; /* VV_COMPAT, VV_RO, VV_RO_SBX */ 103 } vimvars[VV_LEN] = 104 { 105 /* 106 * The order here must match the VV_ defines in vim.h! 107 * Initializing a union does not work, leave tv.vval empty to get zero's. 108 */ 109 {VV_NAME("count", VAR_NUMBER), VV_COMPAT+VV_RO}, 110 {VV_NAME("count1", VAR_NUMBER), VV_RO}, 111 {VV_NAME("prevcount", VAR_NUMBER), VV_RO}, 112 {VV_NAME("errmsg", VAR_STRING), VV_COMPAT}, 113 {VV_NAME("warningmsg", VAR_STRING), 0}, 114 {VV_NAME("statusmsg", VAR_STRING), 0}, 115 {VV_NAME("shell_error", VAR_NUMBER), VV_COMPAT+VV_RO}, 116 {VV_NAME("this_session", VAR_STRING), VV_COMPAT}, 117 {VV_NAME("version", VAR_NUMBER), VV_COMPAT+VV_RO}, 118 {VV_NAME("lnum", VAR_NUMBER), VV_RO_SBX}, 119 {VV_NAME("termresponse", VAR_STRING), VV_RO}, 120 {VV_NAME("fname", VAR_STRING), VV_RO}, 121 {VV_NAME("lang", VAR_STRING), VV_RO}, 122 {VV_NAME("lc_time", VAR_STRING), VV_RO}, 123 {VV_NAME("ctype", VAR_STRING), VV_RO}, 124 {VV_NAME("charconvert_from", VAR_STRING), VV_RO}, 125 {VV_NAME("charconvert_to", VAR_STRING), VV_RO}, 126 {VV_NAME("fname_in", VAR_STRING), VV_RO}, 127 {VV_NAME("fname_out", VAR_STRING), VV_RO}, 128 {VV_NAME("fname_new", VAR_STRING), VV_RO}, 129 {VV_NAME("fname_diff", VAR_STRING), VV_RO}, 130 {VV_NAME("cmdarg", VAR_STRING), VV_RO}, 131 {VV_NAME("foldstart", VAR_NUMBER), VV_RO_SBX}, 132 {VV_NAME("foldend", VAR_NUMBER), VV_RO_SBX}, 133 {VV_NAME("folddashes", VAR_STRING), VV_RO_SBX}, 134 {VV_NAME("foldlevel", VAR_NUMBER), VV_RO_SBX}, 135 {VV_NAME("progname", VAR_STRING), VV_RO}, 136 {VV_NAME("servername", VAR_STRING), VV_RO}, 137 {VV_NAME("dying", VAR_NUMBER), VV_RO}, 138 {VV_NAME("exception", VAR_STRING), VV_RO}, 139 {VV_NAME("throwpoint", VAR_STRING), VV_RO}, 140 {VV_NAME("register", VAR_STRING), VV_RO}, 141 {VV_NAME("cmdbang", VAR_NUMBER), VV_RO}, 142 {VV_NAME("insertmode", VAR_STRING), VV_RO}, 143 {VV_NAME("val", VAR_UNKNOWN), VV_RO}, 144 {VV_NAME("key", VAR_UNKNOWN), VV_RO}, 145 {VV_NAME("profiling", VAR_NUMBER), VV_RO}, 146 {VV_NAME("fcs_reason", VAR_STRING), VV_RO}, 147 {VV_NAME("fcs_choice", VAR_STRING), 0}, 148 {VV_NAME("beval_bufnr", VAR_NUMBER), VV_RO}, 149 {VV_NAME("beval_winnr", VAR_NUMBER), VV_RO}, 150 {VV_NAME("beval_winid", VAR_NUMBER), VV_RO}, 151 {VV_NAME("beval_lnum", VAR_NUMBER), VV_RO}, 152 {VV_NAME("beval_col", VAR_NUMBER), VV_RO}, 153 {VV_NAME("beval_text", VAR_STRING), VV_RO}, 154 {VV_NAME("scrollstart", VAR_STRING), 0}, 155 {VV_NAME("swapname", VAR_STRING), VV_RO}, 156 {VV_NAME("swapchoice", VAR_STRING), 0}, 157 {VV_NAME("swapcommand", VAR_STRING), VV_RO}, 158 {VV_NAME("char", VAR_STRING), 0}, 159 {VV_NAME("mouse_win", VAR_NUMBER), 0}, 160 {VV_NAME("mouse_winid", VAR_NUMBER), 0}, 161 {VV_NAME("mouse_lnum", VAR_NUMBER), 0}, 162 {VV_NAME("mouse_col", VAR_NUMBER), 0}, 163 {VV_NAME("operator", VAR_STRING), VV_RO}, 164 {VV_NAME("searchforward", VAR_NUMBER), 0}, 165 {VV_NAME("hlsearch", VAR_NUMBER), 0}, 166 {VV_NAME("oldfiles", VAR_LIST), 0}, 167 {VV_NAME("windowid", VAR_NUMBER), VV_RO}, 168 {VV_NAME("progpath", VAR_STRING), VV_RO}, 169 {VV_NAME("completed_item", VAR_DICT), VV_RO}, 170 {VV_NAME("option_new", VAR_STRING), VV_RO}, 171 {VV_NAME("option_old", VAR_STRING), VV_RO}, 172 {VV_NAME("option_type", VAR_STRING), VV_RO}, 173 {VV_NAME("errors", VAR_LIST), 0}, 174 {VV_NAME("false", VAR_SPECIAL), VV_RO}, 175 {VV_NAME("true", VAR_SPECIAL), VV_RO}, 176 {VV_NAME("null", VAR_SPECIAL), VV_RO}, 177 {VV_NAME("none", VAR_SPECIAL), VV_RO}, 178 {VV_NAME("vim_did_enter", VAR_NUMBER), VV_RO}, 179 {VV_NAME("testing", VAR_NUMBER), 0}, 180 {VV_NAME("t_number", VAR_NUMBER), VV_RO}, 181 {VV_NAME("t_string", VAR_NUMBER), VV_RO}, 182 {VV_NAME("t_func", VAR_NUMBER), VV_RO}, 183 {VV_NAME("t_list", VAR_NUMBER), VV_RO}, 184 {VV_NAME("t_dict", VAR_NUMBER), VV_RO}, 185 {VV_NAME("t_float", VAR_NUMBER), VV_RO}, 186 {VV_NAME("t_bool", VAR_NUMBER), VV_RO}, 187 {VV_NAME("t_none", VAR_NUMBER), VV_RO}, 188 {VV_NAME("t_job", VAR_NUMBER), VV_RO}, 189 {VV_NAME("t_channel", VAR_NUMBER), VV_RO}, 190 {VV_NAME("termrfgresp", VAR_STRING), VV_RO}, 191 {VV_NAME("termrbgresp", VAR_STRING), VV_RO}, 192 {VV_NAME("termu7resp", VAR_STRING), VV_RO}, 193 {VV_NAME("termstyleresp", VAR_STRING), VV_RO}, 194 {VV_NAME("termblinkresp", VAR_STRING), VV_RO}, 195 {VV_NAME("event", VAR_DICT), VV_RO}, 196 }; 197 198 /* shorthand */ 199 #define vv_type vv_di.di_tv.v_type 200 #define vv_nr vv_di.di_tv.vval.v_number 201 #define vv_float vv_di.di_tv.vval.v_float 202 #define vv_str vv_di.di_tv.vval.v_string 203 #define vv_list vv_di.di_tv.vval.v_list 204 #define vv_dict vv_di.di_tv.vval.v_dict 205 #define vv_tv vv_di.di_tv 206 207 static dictitem_T vimvars_var; /* variable used for v: */ 208 #define vimvarht vimvardict.dv_hashtab 209 210 static int ex_let_vars(char_u *arg, typval_T *tv, int copy, int semicolon, int var_count, char_u *nextchars); 211 static char_u *skip_var_list(char_u *arg, int *var_count, int *semicolon); 212 static char_u *skip_var_one(char_u *arg); 213 static void list_glob_vars(int *first); 214 static void list_buf_vars(int *first); 215 static void list_win_vars(int *first); 216 static void list_tab_vars(int *first); 217 static void list_vim_vars(int *first); 218 static void list_script_vars(int *first); 219 static char_u *list_arg_vars(exarg_T *eap, char_u *arg, int *first); 220 static char_u *ex_let_one(char_u *arg, typval_T *tv, int copy, char_u *endchars, char_u *op); 221 static void set_var_lval(lval_T *lp, char_u *endp, typval_T *rettv, int copy, char_u *op); 222 static int tv_op(typval_T *tv1, typval_T *tv2, char_u *op); 223 static void ex_unletlock(exarg_T *eap, char_u *argstart, int deep); 224 static int do_unlet_var(lval_T *lp, char_u *name_end, int forceit); 225 static int do_lock_var(lval_T *lp, char_u *name_end, int deep, int lock); 226 static void item_lock(typval_T *tv, int deep, int lock); 227 228 static int eval2(char_u **arg, typval_T *rettv, int evaluate); 229 static int eval3(char_u **arg, typval_T *rettv, int evaluate); 230 static int eval4(char_u **arg, typval_T *rettv, int evaluate); 231 static int eval5(char_u **arg, typval_T *rettv, int evaluate); 232 static int eval6(char_u **arg, typval_T *rettv, int evaluate, int want_string); 233 static int eval7(char_u **arg, typval_T *rettv, int evaluate, int want_string); 234 235 static int eval_index(char_u **arg, typval_T *rettv, int evaluate, int verbose); 236 static int get_string_tv(char_u **arg, typval_T *rettv, int evaluate); 237 static int get_lit_string_tv(char_u **arg, typval_T *rettv, int evaluate); 238 static int free_unref_items(int copyID); 239 static int get_env_tv(char_u **arg, typval_T *rettv, int evaluate); 240 static int get_env_len(char_u **arg); 241 static char_u * make_expanded_name(char_u *in_start, char_u *expr_start, char_u *expr_end, char_u *in_end); 242 static void check_vars(char_u *name, int len); 243 static typval_T *alloc_string_tv(char_u *string); 244 static void delete_var(hashtab_T *ht, hashitem_T *hi); 245 static void list_one_var(dictitem_T *v, char_u *prefix, int *first); 246 static void list_one_var_a(char_u *prefix, char_u *name, int type, char_u *string, int *first); 247 static char_u *find_option_end(char_u **arg, int *opt_flags); 248 249 /* for VIM_VERSION_ defines */ 250 #include "version.h" 251 252 253 #if defined(EBCDIC) || defined(PROTO) 254 /* 255 * Compare struct fst by function name. 256 */ 257 static int 258 compare_func_name(const void *s1, const void *s2) 259 { 260 struct fst *p1 = (struct fst *)s1; 261 struct fst *p2 = (struct fst *)s2; 262 263 return STRCMP(p1->f_name, p2->f_name); 264 } 265 266 /* 267 * Sort the function table by function name. 268 * The sorting of the table above is ASCII dependant. 269 * On machines using EBCDIC we have to sort it. 270 */ 271 static void 272 sortFunctions(void) 273 { 274 int funcCnt = (int)(sizeof(functions) / sizeof(struct fst)) - 1; 275 276 qsort(functions, (size_t)funcCnt, sizeof(struct fst), compare_func_name); 277 } 278 #endif 279 280 281 /* 282 * Initialize the global and v: variables. 283 */ 284 void 285 eval_init(void) 286 { 287 int i; 288 struct vimvar *p; 289 290 init_var_dict(&globvardict, &globvars_var, VAR_DEF_SCOPE); 291 init_var_dict(&vimvardict, &vimvars_var, VAR_SCOPE); 292 vimvardict.dv_lock = VAR_FIXED; 293 hash_init(&compat_hashtab); 294 func_init(); 295 296 for (i = 0; i < VV_LEN; ++i) 297 { 298 p = &vimvars[i]; 299 if (STRLEN(p->vv_name) > 16) 300 { 301 IEMSG("INTERNAL: name too long, increase size of dictitem16_T"); 302 getout(1); 303 } 304 STRCPY(p->vv_di.di_key, p->vv_name); 305 if (p->vv_flags & VV_RO) 306 p->vv_di.di_flags = DI_FLAGS_RO | DI_FLAGS_FIX; 307 else if (p->vv_flags & VV_RO_SBX) 308 p->vv_di.di_flags = DI_FLAGS_RO_SBX | DI_FLAGS_FIX; 309 else 310 p->vv_di.di_flags = DI_FLAGS_FIX; 311 312 /* add to v: scope dict, unless the value is not always available */ 313 if (p->vv_type != VAR_UNKNOWN) 314 hash_add(&vimvarht, p->vv_di.di_key); 315 if (p->vv_flags & VV_COMPAT) 316 /* add to compat scope dict */ 317 hash_add(&compat_hashtab, p->vv_di.di_key); 318 } 319 vimvars[VV_VERSION].vv_nr = VIM_VERSION_100; 320 321 set_vim_var_nr(VV_SEARCHFORWARD, 1L); 322 set_vim_var_nr(VV_HLSEARCH, 1L); 323 set_vim_var_dict(VV_COMPLETED_ITEM, dict_alloc_lock(VAR_FIXED)); 324 set_vim_var_list(VV_ERRORS, list_alloc()); 325 set_vim_var_dict(VV_EVENT, dict_alloc_lock(VAR_FIXED)); 326 327 set_vim_var_nr(VV_FALSE, VVAL_FALSE); 328 set_vim_var_nr(VV_TRUE, VVAL_TRUE); 329 set_vim_var_nr(VV_NONE, VVAL_NONE); 330 set_vim_var_nr(VV_NULL, VVAL_NULL); 331 332 set_vim_var_nr(VV_TYPE_NUMBER, VAR_TYPE_NUMBER); 333 set_vim_var_nr(VV_TYPE_STRING, VAR_TYPE_STRING); 334 set_vim_var_nr(VV_TYPE_FUNC, VAR_TYPE_FUNC); 335 set_vim_var_nr(VV_TYPE_LIST, VAR_TYPE_LIST); 336 set_vim_var_nr(VV_TYPE_DICT, VAR_TYPE_DICT); 337 set_vim_var_nr(VV_TYPE_FLOAT, VAR_TYPE_FLOAT); 338 set_vim_var_nr(VV_TYPE_BOOL, VAR_TYPE_BOOL); 339 set_vim_var_nr(VV_TYPE_NONE, VAR_TYPE_NONE); 340 set_vim_var_nr(VV_TYPE_JOB, VAR_TYPE_JOB); 341 set_vim_var_nr(VV_TYPE_CHANNEL, VAR_TYPE_CHANNEL); 342 343 set_reg_var(0); /* default for v:register is not 0 but '"' */ 344 345 #ifdef EBCDIC 346 /* 347 * Sort the function table, to enable binary search. 348 */ 349 sortFunctions(); 350 #endif 351 } 352 353 #if defined(EXITFREE) || defined(PROTO) 354 void 355 eval_clear(void) 356 { 357 int i; 358 struct vimvar *p; 359 360 for (i = 0; i < VV_LEN; ++i) 361 { 362 p = &vimvars[i]; 363 if (p->vv_di.di_tv.v_type == VAR_STRING) 364 VIM_CLEAR(p->vv_str); 365 else if (p->vv_di.di_tv.v_type == VAR_LIST) 366 { 367 list_unref(p->vv_list); 368 p->vv_list = NULL; 369 } 370 } 371 hash_clear(&vimvarht); 372 hash_init(&vimvarht); /* garbage_collect() will access it */ 373 hash_clear(&compat_hashtab); 374 375 free_scriptnames(); 376 # if defined(FEAT_CMDL_COMPL) 377 free_locales(); 378 # endif 379 380 /* global variables */ 381 vars_clear(&globvarht); 382 383 /* autoloaded script names */ 384 ga_clear_strings(&ga_loaded); 385 386 /* Script-local variables. First clear all the variables and in a second 387 * loop free the scriptvar_T, because a variable in one script might hold 388 * a reference to the whole scope of another script. */ 389 for (i = 1; i <= ga_scripts.ga_len; ++i) 390 vars_clear(&SCRIPT_VARS(i)); 391 for (i = 1; i <= ga_scripts.ga_len; ++i) 392 vim_free(SCRIPT_SV(i)); 393 ga_clear(&ga_scripts); 394 395 /* unreferenced lists and dicts */ 396 (void)garbage_collect(FALSE); 397 398 /* functions */ 399 free_all_functions(); 400 } 401 #endif 402 403 404 /* 405 * Set an internal variable to a string value. Creates the variable if it does 406 * not already exist. 407 */ 408 void 409 set_internal_string_var(char_u *name, char_u *value) 410 { 411 char_u *val; 412 typval_T *tvp; 413 414 val = vim_strsave(value); 415 if (val != NULL) 416 { 417 tvp = alloc_string_tv(val); 418 if (tvp != NULL) 419 { 420 set_var(name, tvp, FALSE); 421 free_tv(tvp); 422 } 423 } 424 } 425 426 static lval_T *redir_lval = NULL; 427 #define EVALCMD_BUSY (redir_lval == (lval_T *)&redir_lval) 428 static garray_T redir_ga; /* only valid when redir_lval is not NULL */ 429 static char_u *redir_endp = NULL; 430 static char_u *redir_varname = NULL; 431 432 /* 433 * Start recording command output to a variable 434 * When "append" is TRUE append to an existing variable. 435 * Returns OK if successfully completed the setup. FAIL otherwise. 436 */ 437 int 438 var_redir_start(char_u *name, int append) 439 { 440 int save_emsg; 441 int err; 442 typval_T tv; 443 444 /* Catch a bad name early. */ 445 if (!eval_isnamec1(*name)) 446 { 447 EMSG(_(e_invarg)); 448 return FAIL; 449 } 450 451 /* Make a copy of the name, it is used in redir_lval until redir ends. */ 452 redir_varname = vim_strsave(name); 453 if (redir_varname == NULL) 454 return FAIL; 455 456 redir_lval = (lval_T *)alloc_clear((unsigned)sizeof(lval_T)); 457 if (redir_lval == NULL) 458 { 459 var_redir_stop(); 460 return FAIL; 461 } 462 463 /* The output is stored in growarray "redir_ga" until redirection ends. */ 464 ga_init2(&redir_ga, (int)sizeof(char), 500); 465 466 /* Parse the variable name (can be a dict or list entry). */ 467 redir_endp = get_lval(redir_varname, NULL, redir_lval, FALSE, FALSE, 0, 468 FNE_CHECK_START); 469 if (redir_endp == NULL || redir_lval->ll_name == NULL || *redir_endp != NUL) 470 { 471 clear_lval(redir_lval); 472 if (redir_endp != NULL && *redir_endp != NUL) 473 /* Trailing characters are present after the variable name */ 474 EMSG(_(e_trailing)); 475 else 476 EMSG(_(e_invarg)); 477 redir_endp = NULL; /* don't store a value, only cleanup */ 478 var_redir_stop(); 479 return FAIL; 480 } 481 482 /* check if we can write to the variable: set it to or append an empty 483 * string */ 484 save_emsg = did_emsg; 485 did_emsg = FALSE; 486 tv.v_type = VAR_STRING; 487 tv.vval.v_string = (char_u *)""; 488 if (append) 489 set_var_lval(redir_lval, redir_endp, &tv, TRUE, (char_u *)"."); 490 else 491 set_var_lval(redir_lval, redir_endp, &tv, TRUE, (char_u *)"="); 492 clear_lval(redir_lval); 493 err = did_emsg; 494 did_emsg |= save_emsg; 495 if (err) 496 { 497 redir_endp = NULL; /* don't store a value, only cleanup */ 498 var_redir_stop(); 499 return FAIL; 500 } 501 502 return OK; 503 } 504 505 /* 506 * Append "value[value_len]" to the variable set by var_redir_start(). 507 * The actual appending is postponed until redirection ends, because the value 508 * appended may in fact be the string we write to, changing it may cause freed 509 * memory to be used: 510 * :redir => foo 511 * :let foo 512 * :redir END 513 */ 514 void 515 var_redir_str(char_u *value, int value_len) 516 { 517 int len; 518 519 if (redir_lval == NULL) 520 return; 521 522 if (value_len == -1) 523 len = (int)STRLEN(value); /* Append the entire string */ 524 else 525 len = value_len; /* Append only "value_len" characters */ 526 527 if (ga_grow(&redir_ga, len) == OK) 528 { 529 mch_memmove((char *)redir_ga.ga_data + redir_ga.ga_len, value, len); 530 redir_ga.ga_len += len; 531 } 532 else 533 var_redir_stop(); 534 } 535 536 /* 537 * Stop redirecting command output to a variable. 538 * Frees the allocated memory. 539 */ 540 void 541 var_redir_stop(void) 542 { 543 typval_T tv; 544 545 if (EVALCMD_BUSY) 546 { 547 redir_lval = NULL; 548 return; 549 } 550 551 if (redir_lval != NULL) 552 { 553 /* If there was no error: assign the text to the variable. */ 554 if (redir_endp != NULL) 555 { 556 ga_append(&redir_ga, NUL); /* Append the trailing NUL. */ 557 tv.v_type = VAR_STRING; 558 tv.vval.v_string = redir_ga.ga_data; 559 /* Call get_lval() again, if it's inside a Dict or List it may 560 * have changed. */ 561 redir_endp = get_lval(redir_varname, NULL, redir_lval, 562 FALSE, FALSE, 0, FNE_CHECK_START); 563 if (redir_endp != NULL && redir_lval->ll_name != NULL) 564 set_var_lval(redir_lval, redir_endp, &tv, FALSE, (char_u *)"."); 565 clear_lval(redir_lval); 566 } 567 568 /* free the collected output */ 569 VIM_CLEAR(redir_ga.ga_data); 570 571 VIM_CLEAR(redir_lval); 572 } 573 VIM_CLEAR(redir_varname); 574 } 575 576 # if defined(FEAT_MBYTE) || defined(PROTO) 577 int 578 eval_charconvert( 579 char_u *enc_from, 580 char_u *enc_to, 581 char_u *fname_from, 582 char_u *fname_to) 583 { 584 int err = FALSE; 585 586 set_vim_var_string(VV_CC_FROM, enc_from, -1); 587 set_vim_var_string(VV_CC_TO, enc_to, -1); 588 set_vim_var_string(VV_FNAME_IN, fname_from, -1); 589 set_vim_var_string(VV_FNAME_OUT, fname_to, -1); 590 if (eval_to_bool(p_ccv, &err, NULL, FALSE)) 591 err = TRUE; 592 set_vim_var_string(VV_CC_FROM, NULL, -1); 593 set_vim_var_string(VV_CC_TO, NULL, -1); 594 set_vim_var_string(VV_FNAME_IN, NULL, -1); 595 set_vim_var_string(VV_FNAME_OUT, NULL, -1); 596 597 if (err) 598 return FAIL; 599 return OK; 600 } 601 # endif 602 603 # if defined(FEAT_POSTSCRIPT) || defined(PROTO) 604 int 605 eval_printexpr(char_u *fname, char_u *args) 606 { 607 int err = FALSE; 608 609 set_vim_var_string(VV_FNAME_IN, fname, -1); 610 set_vim_var_string(VV_CMDARG, args, -1); 611 if (eval_to_bool(p_pexpr, &err, NULL, FALSE)) 612 err = TRUE; 613 set_vim_var_string(VV_FNAME_IN, NULL, -1); 614 set_vim_var_string(VV_CMDARG, NULL, -1); 615 616 if (err) 617 { 618 mch_remove(fname); 619 return FAIL; 620 } 621 return OK; 622 } 623 # endif 624 625 # if defined(FEAT_DIFF) || defined(PROTO) 626 void 627 eval_diff( 628 char_u *origfile, 629 char_u *newfile, 630 char_u *outfile) 631 { 632 int err = FALSE; 633 634 set_vim_var_string(VV_FNAME_IN, origfile, -1); 635 set_vim_var_string(VV_FNAME_NEW, newfile, -1); 636 set_vim_var_string(VV_FNAME_OUT, outfile, -1); 637 (void)eval_to_bool(p_dex, &err, NULL, FALSE); 638 set_vim_var_string(VV_FNAME_IN, NULL, -1); 639 set_vim_var_string(VV_FNAME_NEW, NULL, -1); 640 set_vim_var_string(VV_FNAME_OUT, NULL, -1); 641 } 642 643 void 644 eval_patch( 645 char_u *origfile, 646 char_u *difffile, 647 char_u *outfile) 648 { 649 int err; 650 651 set_vim_var_string(VV_FNAME_IN, origfile, -1); 652 set_vim_var_string(VV_FNAME_DIFF, difffile, -1); 653 set_vim_var_string(VV_FNAME_OUT, outfile, -1); 654 (void)eval_to_bool(p_pex, &err, NULL, FALSE); 655 set_vim_var_string(VV_FNAME_IN, NULL, -1); 656 set_vim_var_string(VV_FNAME_DIFF, NULL, -1); 657 set_vim_var_string(VV_FNAME_OUT, NULL, -1); 658 } 659 # endif 660 661 /* 662 * Top level evaluation function, returning a boolean. 663 * Sets "error" to TRUE if there was an error. 664 * Return TRUE or FALSE. 665 */ 666 int 667 eval_to_bool( 668 char_u *arg, 669 int *error, 670 char_u **nextcmd, 671 int skip) /* only parse, don't execute */ 672 { 673 typval_T tv; 674 varnumber_T retval = FALSE; 675 676 if (skip) 677 ++emsg_skip; 678 if (eval0(arg, &tv, nextcmd, !skip) == FAIL) 679 *error = TRUE; 680 else 681 { 682 *error = FALSE; 683 if (!skip) 684 { 685 retval = (get_tv_number_chk(&tv, error) != 0); 686 clear_tv(&tv); 687 } 688 } 689 if (skip) 690 --emsg_skip; 691 692 return (int)retval; 693 } 694 695 static int 696 eval_expr_typval(typval_T *expr, typval_T *argv, int argc, typval_T *rettv) 697 { 698 char_u *s; 699 int dummy; 700 char_u buf[NUMBUFLEN]; 701 702 if (expr->v_type == VAR_FUNC) 703 { 704 s = expr->vval.v_string; 705 if (s == NULL || *s == NUL) 706 return FAIL; 707 if (call_func(s, (int)STRLEN(s), rettv, argc, argv, NULL, 708 0L, 0L, &dummy, TRUE, NULL, NULL) == FAIL) 709 return FAIL; 710 } 711 else if (expr->v_type == VAR_PARTIAL) 712 { 713 partial_T *partial = expr->vval.v_partial; 714 715 s = partial_name(partial); 716 if (s == NULL || *s == NUL) 717 return FAIL; 718 if (call_func(s, (int)STRLEN(s), rettv, argc, argv, NULL, 719 0L, 0L, &dummy, TRUE, partial, NULL) == FAIL) 720 return FAIL; 721 } 722 else 723 { 724 s = get_tv_string_buf_chk(expr, buf); 725 if (s == NULL) 726 return FAIL; 727 s = skipwhite(s); 728 if (eval1(&s, rettv, TRUE) == FAIL) 729 return FAIL; 730 if (*s != NUL) /* check for trailing chars after expr */ 731 { 732 EMSG2(_(e_invexpr2), s); 733 return FAIL; 734 } 735 } 736 return OK; 737 } 738 739 /* 740 * Like eval_to_bool() but using a typval_T instead of a string. 741 * Works for string, funcref and partial. 742 */ 743 int 744 eval_expr_to_bool(typval_T *expr, int *error) 745 { 746 typval_T rettv; 747 int res; 748 749 if (eval_expr_typval(expr, NULL, 0, &rettv) == FAIL) 750 { 751 *error = TRUE; 752 return FALSE; 753 } 754 res = (get_tv_number_chk(&rettv, error) != 0); 755 clear_tv(&rettv); 756 return res; 757 } 758 759 /* 760 * Top level evaluation function, returning a string. If "skip" is TRUE, 761 * only parsing to "nextcmd" is done, without reporting errors. Return 762 * pointer to allocated memory, or NULL for failure or when "skip" is TRUE. 763 */ 764 char_u * 765 eval_to_string_skip( 766 char_u *arg, 767 char_u **nextcmd, 768 int skip) /* only parse, don't execute */ 769 { 770 typval_T tv; 771 char_u *retval; 772 773 if (skip) 774 ++emsg_skip; 775 if (eval0(arg, &tv, nextcmd, !skip) == FAIL || skip) 776 retval = NULL; 777 else 778 { 779 retval = vim_strsave(get_tv_string(&tv)); 780 clear_tv(&tv); 781 } 782 if (skip) 783 --emsg_skip; 784 785 return retval; 786 } 787 788 /* 789 * Skip over an expression at "*pp". 790 * Return FAIL for an error, OK otherwise. 791 */ 792 int 793 skip_expr(char_u **pp) 794 { 795 typval_T rettv; 796 797 *pp = skipwhite(*pp); 798 return eval1(pp, &rettv, FALSE); 799 } 800 801 /* 802 * Top level evaluation function, returning a string. 803 * When "convert" is TRUE convert a List into a sequence of lines and convert 804 * a Float to a String. 805 * Return pointer to allocated memory, or NULL for failure. 806 */ 807 char_u * 808 eval_to_string( 809 char_u *arg, 810 char_u **nextcmd, 811 int convert) 812 { 813 typval_T tv; 814 char_u *retval; 815 garray_T ga; 816 #ifdef FEAT_FLOAT 817 char_u numbuf[NUMBUFLEN]; 818 #endif 819 820 if (eval0(arg, &tv, nextcmd, TRUE) == FAIL) 821 retval = NULL; 822 else 823 { 824 if (convert && tv.v_type == VAR_LIST) 825 { 826 ga_init2(&ga, (int)sizeof(char), 80); 827 if (tv.vval.v_list != NULL) 828 { 829 list_join(&ga, tv.vval.v_list, (char_u *)"\n", TRUE, FALSE, 0); 830 if (tv.vval.v_list->lv_len > 0) 831 ga_append(&ga, NL); 832 } 833 ga_append(&ga, NUL); 834 retval = (char_u *)ga.ga_data; 835 } 836 #ifdef FEAT_FLOAT 837 else if (convert && tv.v_type == VAR_FLOAT) 838 { 839 vim_snprintf((char *)numbuf, NUMBUFLEN, "%g", tv.vval.v_float); 840 retval = vim_strsave(numbuf); 841 } 842 #endif 843 else 844 retval = vim_strsave(get_tv_string(&tv)); 845 clear_tv(&tv); 846 } 847 848 return retval; 849 } 850 851 /* 852 * Call eval_to_string() without using current local variables and using 853 * textlock. When "use_sandbox" is TRUE use the sandbox. 854 */ 855 char_u * 856 eval_to_string_safe( 857 char_u *arg, 858 char_u **nextcmd, 859 int use_sandbox) 860 { 861 char_u *retval; 862 void *save_funccalp; 863 864 save_funccalp = save_funccal(); 865 if (use_sandbox) 866 ++sandbox; 867 ++textlock; 868 retval = eval_to_string(arg, nextcmd, FALSE); 869 if (use_sandbox) 870 --sandbox; 871 --textlock; 872 restore_funccal(save_funccalp); 873 return retval; 874 } 875 876 /* 877 * Top level evaluation function, returning a number. 878 * Evaluates "expr" silently. 879 * Returns -1 for an error. 880 */ 881 varnumber_T 882 eval_to_number(char_u *expr) 883 { 884 typval_T rettv; 885 varnumber_T retval; 886 char_u *p = skipwhite(expr); 887 888 ++emsg_off; 889 890 if (eval1(&p, &rettv, TRUE) == FAIL) 891 retval = -1; 892 else 893 { 894 retval = get_tv_number_chk(&rettv, NULL); 895 clear_tv(&rettv); 896 } 897 --emsg_off; 898 899 return retval; 900 } 901 902 /* 903 * Prepare v: variable "idx" to be used. 904 * Save the current typeval in "save_tv". 905 * When not used yet add the variable to the v: hashtable. 906 */ 907 static void 908 prepare_vimvar(int idx, typval_T *save_tv) 909 { 910 *save_tv = vimvars[idx].vv_tv; 911 if (vimvars[idx].vv_type == VAR_UNKNOWN) 912 hash_add(&vimvarht, vimvars[idx].vv_di.di_key); 913 } 914 915 /* 916 * Restore v: variable "idx" to typeval "save_tv". 917 * When no longer defined, remove the variable from the v: hashtable. 918 */ 919 static void 920 restore_vimvar(int idx, typval_T *save_tv) 921 { 922 hashitem_T *hi; 923 924 vimvars[idx].vv_tv = *save_tv; 925 if (vimvars[idx].vv_type == VAR_UNKNOWN) 926 { 927 hi = hash_find(&vimvarht, vimvars[idx].vv_di.di_key); 928 if (HASHITEM_EMPTY(hi)) 929 internal_error("restore_vimvar()"); 930 else 931 hash_remove(&vimvarht, hi); 932 } 933 } 934 935 #if defined(FEAT_SPELL) || defined(PROTO) 936 /* 937 * Evaluate an expression to a list with suggestions. 938 * For the "expr:" part of 'spellsuggest'. 939 * Returns NULL when there is an error. 940 */ 941 list_T * 942 eval_spell_expr(char_u *badword, char_u *expr) 943 { 944 typval_T save_val; 945 typval_T rettv; 946 list_T *list = NULL; 947 char_u *p = skipwhite(expr); 948 949 /* Set "v:val" to the bad word. */ 950 prepare_vimvar(VV_VAL, &save_val); 951 vimvars[VV_VAL].vv_type = VAR_STRING; 952 vimvars[VV_VAL].vv_str = badword; 953 if (p_verbose == 0) 954 ++emsg_off; 955 956 if (eval1(&p, &rettv, TRUE) == OK) 957 { 958 if (rettv.v_type != VAR_LIST) 959 clear_tv(&rettv); 960 else 961 list = rettv.vval.v_list; 962 } 963 964 if (p_verbose == 0) 965 --emsg_off; 966 restore_vimvar(VV_VAL, &save_val); 967 968 return list; 969 } 970 971 /* 972 * "list" is supposed to contain two items: a word and a number. Return the 973 * word in "pp" and the number as the return value. 974 * Return -1 if anything isn't right. 975 * Used to get the good word and score from the eval_spell_expr() result. 976 */ 977 int 978 get_spellword(list_T *list, char_u **pp) 979 { 980 listitem_T *li; 981 982 li = list->lv_first; 983 if (li == NULL) 984 return -1; 985 *pp = get_tv_string(&li->li_tv); 986 987 li = li->li_next; 988 if (li == NULL) 989 return -1; 990 return (int)get_tv_number(&li->li_tv); 991 } 992 #endif 993 994 /* 995 * Top level evaluation function. 996 * Returns an allocated typval_T with the result. 997 * Returns NULL when there is an error. 998 */ 999 typval_T * 1000 eval_expr(char_u *arg, char_u **nextcmd) 1001 { 1002 typval_T *tv; 1003 1004 tv = (typval_T *)alloc(sizeof(typval_T)); 1005 if (tv != NULL && eval0(arg, tv, nextcmd, TRUE) == FAIL) 1006 VIM_CLEAR(tv); 1007 1008 return tv; 1009 } 1010 1011 1012 /* 1013 * Call some Vim script function and return the result in "*rettv". 1014 * Uses argv[0] to argv[argc - 1] for the function arguments. argv[argc] 1015 * should have type VAR_UNKNOWN. 1016 * Returns OK or FAIL. 1017 */ 1018 int 1019 call_vim_function( 1020 char_u *func, 1021 int argc, 1022 typval_T *argv, 1023 typval_T *rettv, 1024 int safe) /* use the sandbox */ 1025 { 1026 int doesrange; 1027 void *save_funccalp = NULL; 1028 int ret; 1029 1030 if (safe) 1031 { 1032 save_funccalp = save_funccal(); 1033 ++sandbox; 1034 } 1035 1036 rettv->v_type = VAR_UNKNOWN; /* clear_tv() uses this */ 1037 ret = call_func(func, (int)STRLEN(func), rettv, argc, argv, NULL, 1038 curwin->w_cursor.lnum, curwin->w_cursor.lnum, 1039 &doesrange, TRUE, NULL, NULL); 1040 if (safe) 1041 { 1042 --sandbox; 1043 restore_funccal(save_funccalp); 1044 } 1045 1046 if (ret == FAIL) 1047 clear_tv(rettv); 1048 1049 return ret; 1050 } 1051 1052 /* 1053 * Call Vim script function "func" and return the result as a number. 1054 * Returns -1 when calling the function fails. 1055 * Uses argv[0] to argv[argc - 1] for the function arguments. argv[argc] should 1056 * have type VAR_UNKNOWN. 1057 */ 1058 varnumber_T 1059 call_func_retnr( 1060 char_u *func, 1061 int argc, 1062 typval_T *argv, 1063 int safe) /* use the sandbox */ 1064 { 1065 typval_T rettv; 1066 varnumber_T retval; 1067 1068 if (call_vim_function(func, argc, argv, &rettv, safe) == FAIL) 1069 return -1; 1070 1071 retval = get_tv_number_chk(&rettv, NULL); 1072 clear_tv(&rettv); 1073 return retval; 1074 } 1075 1076 #if (defined(FEAT_USR_CMDS) && defined(FEAT_CMDL_COMPL)) \ 1077 || defined(FEAT_COMPL_FUNC) || defined(PROTO) 1078 1079 # if (defined(FEAT_USR_CMDS) && defined(FEAT_CMDL_COMPL)) || defined(PROTO) 1080 /* 1081 * Call Vim script function "func" and return the result as a string. 1082 * Returns NULL when calling the function fails. 1083 * Uses argv[0] to argv[argc - 1] for the function arguments. argv[argc] should 1084 * have type VAR_UNKNOWN. 1085 */ 1086 void * 1087 call_func_retstr( 1088 char_u *func, 1089 int argc, 1090 typval_T *argv, 1091 int safe) /* use the sandbox */ 1092 { 1093 typval_T rettv; 1094 char_u *retval; 1095 1096 if (call_vim_function(func, argc, argv, &rettv, safe) == FAIL) 1097 return NULL; 1098 1099 retval = vim_strsave(get_tv_string(&rettv)); 1100 clear_tv(&rettv); 1101 return retval; 1102 } 1103 # endif 1104 1105 /* 1106 * Call Vim script function "func" and return the result as a List. 1107 * Uses argv[0] to argv[argc - 1] for the function arguments. argv[argc] should 1108 * have type VAR_UNKNOWN. 1109 * Returns NULL when there is something wrong. 1110 */ 1111 void * 1112 call_func_retlist( 1113 char_u *func, 1114 int argc, 1115 typval_T *argv, 1116 int safe) /* use the sandbox */ 1117 { 1118 typval_T rettv; 1119 1120 if (call_vim_function(func, argc, argv, &rettv, safe) == FAIL) 1121 return NULL; 1122 1123 if (rettv.v_type != VAR_LIST) 1124 { 1125 clear_tv(&rettv); 1126 return NULL; 1127 } 1128 1129 return rettv.vval.v_list; 1130 } 1131 #endif 1132 1133 1134 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 1135 /* 1136 * Evaluate 'foldexpr'. Returns the foldlevel, and any character preceding 1137 * it in "*cp". Doesn't give error messages. 1138 */ 1139 int 1140 eval_foldexpr(char_u *arg, int *cp) 1141 { 1142 typval_T tv; 1143 varnumber_T retval; 1144 char_u *s; 1145 int use_sandbox = was_set_insecurely((char_u *)"foldexpr", 1146 OPT_LOCAL); 1147 1148 ++emsg_off; 1149 if (use_sandbox) 1150 ++sandbox; 1151 ++textlock; 1152 *cp = NUL; 1153 if (eval0(arg, &tv, NULL, TRUE) == FAIL) 1154 retval = 0; 1155 else 1156 { 1157 /* If the result is a number, just return the number. */ 1158 if (tv.v_type == VAR_NUMBER) 1159 retval = tv.vval.v_number; 1160 else if (tv.v_type != VAR_STRING || tv.vval.v_string == NULL) 1161 retval = 0; 1162 else 1163 { 1164 /* If the result is a string, check if there is a non-digit before 1165 * the number. */ 1166 s = tv.vval.v_string; 1167 if (!VIM_ISDIGIT(*s) && *s != '-') 1168 *cp = *s++; 1169 retval = atol((char *)s); 1170 } 1171 clear_tv(&tv); 1172 } 1173 --emsg_off; 1174 if (use_sandbox) 1175 --sandbox; 1176 --textlock; 1177 1178 return (int)retval; 1179 } 1180 #endif 1181 1182 /* 1183 * ":let" list all variable values 1184 * ":let var1 var2" list variable values 1185 * ":let var = expr" assignment command. 1186 * ":let var += expr" assignment command. 1187 * ":let var -= expr" assignment command. 1188 * ":let var .= expr" assignment command. 1189 * ":let [var1, var2] = expr" unpack list. 1190 */ 1191 void 1192 ex_let(exarg_T *eap) 1193 { 1194 char_u *arg = eap->arg; 1195 char_u *expr = NULL; 1196 typval_T rettv; 1197 int i; 1198 int var_count = 0; 1199 int semicolon = 0; 1200 char_u op[2]; 1201 char_u *argend; 1202 int first = TRUE; 1203 1204 argend = skip_var_list(arg, &var_count, &semicolon); 1205 if (argend == NULL) 1206 return; 1207 if (argend > arg && argend[-1] == '.') /* for var.='str' */ 1208 --argend; 1209 expr = skipwhite(argend); 1210 if (*expr != '=' && !(vim_strchr((char_u *)"+-.", *expr) != NULL 1211 && expr[1] == '=')) 1212 { 1213 /* 1214 * ":let" without "=": list variables 1215 */ 1216 if (*arg == '[') 1217 EMSG(_(e_invarg)); 1218 else if (!ends_excmd(*arg)) 1219 /* ":let var1 var2" */ 1220 arg = list_arg_vars(eap, arg, &first); 1221 else if (!eap->skip) 1222 { 1223 /* ":let" */ 1224 list_glob_vars(&first); 1225 list_buf_vars(&first); 1226 list_win_vars(&first); 1227 list_tab_vars(&first); 1228 list_script_vars(&first); 1229 list_func_vars(&first); 1230 list_vim_vars(&first); 1231 } 1232 eap->nextcmd = check_nextcmd(arg); 1233 } 1234 else 1235 { 1236 op[0] = '='; 1237 op[1] = NUL; 1238 if (*expr != '=') 1239 { 1240 if (vim_strchr((char_u *)"+-.", *expr) != NULL) 1241 op[0] = *expr; /* +=, -= or .= */ 1242 expr = skipwhite(expr + 2); 1243 } 1244 else 1245 expr = skipwhite(expr + 1); 1246 1247 if (eap->skip) 1248 ++emsg_skip; 1249 i = eval0(expr, &rettv, &eap->nextcmd, !eap->skip); 1250 if (eap->skip) 1251 { 1252 if (i != FAIL) 1253 clear_tv(&rettv); 1254 --emsg_skip; 1255 } 1256 else if (i != FAIL) 1257 { 1258 (void)ex_let_vars(eap->arg, &rettv, FALSE, semicolon, var_count, 1259 op); 1260 clear_tv(&rettv); 1261 } 1262 } 1263 } 1264 1265 /* 1266 * Assign the typevalue "tv" to the variable or variables at "arg_start". 1267 * Handles both "var" with any type and "[var, var; var]" with a list type. 1268 * When "nextchars" is not NULL it points to a string with characters that 1269 * must appear after the variable(s). Use "+", "-" or "." for add, subtract 1270 * or concatenate. 1271 * Returns OK or FAIL; 1272 */ 1273 static int 1274 ex_let_vars( 1275 char_u *arg_start, 1276 typval_T *tv, 1277 int copy, /* copy values from "tv", don't move */ 1278 int semicolon, /* from skip_var_list() */ 1279 int var_count, /* from skip_var_list() */ 1280 char_u *nextchars) 1281 { 1282 char_u *arg = arg_start; 1283 list_T *l; 1284 int i; 1285 listitem_T *item; 1286 typval_T ltv; 1287 1288 if (*arg != '[') 1289 { 1290 /* 1291 * ":let var = expr" or ":for var in list" 1292 */ 1293 if (ex_let_one(arg, tv, copy, nextchars, nextchars) == NULL) 1294 return FAIL; 1295 return OK; 1296 } 1297 1298 /* 1299 * ":let [v1, v2] = list" or ":for [v1, v2] in listlist" 1300 */ 1301 if (tv->v_type != VAR_LIST || (l = tv->vval.v_list) == NULL) 1302 { 1303 EMSG(_(e_listreq)); 1304 return FAIL; 1305 } 1306 1307 i = list_len(l); 1308 if (semicolon == 0 && var_count < i) 1309 { 1310 EMSG(_("E687: Less targets than List items")); 1311 return FAIL; 1312 } 1313 if (var_count - semicolon > i) 1314 { 1315 EMSG(_("E688: More targets than List items")); 1316 return FAIL; 1317 } 1318 1319 item = l->lv_first; 1320 while (*arg != ']') 1321 { 1322 arg = skipwhite(arg + 1); 1323 arg = ex_let_one(arg, &item->li_tv, TRUE, (char_u *)",;]", nextchars); 1324 item = item->li_next; 1325 if (arg == NULL) 1326 return FAIL; 1327 1328 arg = skipwhite(arg); 1329 if (*arg == ';') 1330 { 1331 /* Put the rest of the list (may be empty) in the var after ';'. 1332 * Create a new list for this. */ 1333 l = list_alloc(); 1334 if (l == NULL) 1335 return FAIL; 1336 while (item != NULL) 1337 { 1338 list_append_tv(l, &item->li_tv); 1339 item = item->li_next; 1340 } 1341 1342 ltv.v_type = VAR_LIST; 1343 ltv.v_lock = 0; 1344 ltv.vval.v_list = l; 1345 l->lv_refcount = 1; 1346 1347 arg = ex_let_one(skipwhite(arg + 1), <v, FALSE, 1348 (char_u *)"]", nextchars); 1349 clear_tv(<v); 1350 if (arg == NULL) 1351 return FAIL; 1352 break; 1353 } 1354 else if (*arg != ',' && *arg != ']') 1355 { 1356 internal_error("ex_let_vars()"); 1357 return FAIL; 1358 } 1359 } 1360 1361 return OK; 1362 } 1363 1364 /* 1365 * Skip over assignable variable "var" or list of variables "[var, var]". 1366 * Used for ":let varvar = expr" and ":for varvar in expr". 1367 * For "[var, var]" increment "*var_count" for each variable. 1368 * for "[var, var; var]" set "semicolon". 1369 * Return NULL for an error. 1370 */ 1371 static char_u * 1372 skip_var_list( 1373 char_u *arg, 1374 int *var_count, 1375 int *semicolon) 1376 { 1377 char_u *p, *s; 1378 1379 if (*arg == '[') 1380 { 1381 /* "[var, var]": find the matching ']'. */ 1382 p = arg; 1383 for (;;) 1384 { 1385 p = skipwhite(p + 1); /* skip whites after '[', ';' or ',' */ 1386 s = skip_var_one(p); 1387 if (s == p) 1388 { 1389 EMSG2(_(e_invarg2), p); 1390 return NULL; 1391 } 1392 ++*var_count; 1393 1394 p = skipwhite(s); 1395 if (*p == ']') 1396 break; 1397 else if (*p == ';') 1398 { 1399 if (*semicolon == 1) 1400 { 1401 EMSG(_("Double ; in list of variables")); 1402 return NULL; 1403 } 1404 *semicolon = 1; 1405 } 1406 else if (*p != ',') 1407 { 1408 EMSG2(_(e_invarg2), p); 1409 return NULL; 1410 } 1411 } 1412 return p + 1; 1413 } 1414 else 1415 return skip_var_one(arg); 1416 } 1417 1418 /* 1419 * Skip one (assignable) variable name, including @r, $VAR, &option, d.key, 1420 * l[idx]. 1421 */ 1422 static char_u * 1423 skip_var_one(char_u *arg) 1424 { 1425 if (*arg == '@' && arg[1] != NUL) 1426 return arg + 2; 1427 return find_name_end(*arg == '$' || *arg == '&' ? arg + 1 : arg, 1428 NULL, NULL, FNE_INCL_BR | FNE_CHECK_START); 1429 } 1430 1431 /* 1432 * List variables for hashtab "ht" with prefix "prefix". 1433 * If "empty" is TRUE also list NULL strings as empty strings. 1434 */ 1435 void 1436 list_hashtable_vars( 1437 hashtab_T *ht, 1438 char_u *prefix, 1439 int empty, 1440 int *first) 1441 { 1442 hashitem_T *hi; 1443 dictitem_T *di; 1444 int todo; 1445 1446 todo = (int)ht->ht_used; 1447 for (hi = ht->ht_array; todo > 0 && !got_int; ++hi) 1448 { 1449 if (!HASHITEM_EMPTY(hi)) 1450 { 1451 --todo; 1452 di = HI2DI(hi); 1453 if (empty || di->di_tv.v_type != VAR_STRING 1454 || di->di_tv.vval.v_string != NULL) 1455 list_one_var(di, prefix, first); 1456 } 1457 } 1458 } 1459 1460 /* 1461 * List global variables. 1462 */ 1463 static void 1464 list_glob_vars(int *first) 1465 { 1466 list_hashtable_vars(&globvarht, (char_u *)"", TRUE, first); 1467 } 1468 1469 /* 1470 * List buffer variables. 1471 */ 1472 static void 1473 list_buf_vars(int *first) 1474 { 1475 list_hashtable_vars(&curbuf->b_vars->dv_hashtab, (char_u *)"b:", 1476 TRUE, first); 1477 } 1478 1479 /* 1480 * List window variables. 1481 */ 1482 static void 1483 list_win_vars(int *first) 1484 { 1485 list_hashtable_vars(&curwin->w_vars->dv_hashtab, 1486 (char_u *)"w:", TRUE, first); 1487 } 1488 1489 /* 1490 * List tab page variables. 1491 */ 1492 static void 1493 list_tab_vars(int *first) 1494 { 1495 list_hashtable_vars(&curtab->tp_vars->dv_hashtab, 1496 (char_u *)"t:", TRUE, first); 1497 } 1498 1499 /* 1500 * List Vim variables. 1501 */ 1502 static void 1503 list_vim_vars(int *first) 1504 { 1505 list_hashtable_vars(&vimvarht, (char_u *)"v:", FALSE, first); 1506 } 1507 1508 /* 1509 * List script-local variables, if there is a script. 1510 */ 1511 static void 1512 list_script_vars(int *first) 1513 { 1514 if (current_SID > 0 && current_SID <= ga_scripts.ga_len) 1515 list_hashtable_vars(&SCRIPT_VARS(current_SID), 1516 (char_u *)"s:", FALSE, first); 1517 } 1518 1519 /* 1520 * List variables in "arg". 1521 */ 1522 static char_u * 1523 list_arg_vars(exarg_T *eap, char_u *arg, int *first) 1524 { 1525 int error = FALSE; 1526 int len; 1527 char_u *name; 1528 char_u *name_start; 1529 char_u *arg_subsc; 1530 char_u *tofree; 1531 typval_T tv; 1532 1533 while (!ends_excmd(*arg) && !got_int) 1534 { 1535 if (error || eap->skip) 1536 { 1537 arg = find_name_end(arg, NULL, NULL, FNE_INCL_BR | FNE_CHECK_START); 1538 if (!VIM_ISWHITE(*arg) && !ends_excmd(*arg)) 1539 { 1540 emsg_severe = TRUE; 1541 EMSG(_(e_trailing)); 1542 break; 1543 } 1544 } 1545 else 1546 { 1547 /* get_name_len() takes care of expanding curly braces */ 1548 name_start = name = arg; 1549 len = get_name_len(&arg, &tofree, TRUE, TRUE); 1550 if (len <= 0) 1551 { 1552 /* This is mainly to keep test 49 working: when expanding 1553 * curly braces fails overrule the exception error message. */ 1554 if (len < 0 && !aborting()) 1555 { 1556 emsg_severe = TRUE; 1557 EMSG2(_(e_invarg2), arg); 1558 break; 1559 } 1560 error = TRUE; 1561 } 1562 else 1563 { 1564 if (tofree != NULL) 1565 name = tofree; 1566 if (get_var_tv(name, len, &tv, NULL, TRUE, FALSE) == FAIL) 1567 error = TRUE; 1568 else 1569 { 1570 /* handle d.key, l[idx], f(expr) */ 1571 arg_subsc = arg; 1572 if (handle_subscript(&arg, &tv, TRUE, TRUE) == FAIL) 1573 error = TRUE; 1574 else 1575 { 1576 if (arg == arg_subsc && len == 2 && name[1] == ':') 1577 { 1578 switch (*name) 1579 { 1580 case 'g': list_glob_vars(first); break; 1581 case 'b': list_buf_vars(first); break; 1582 case 'w': list_win_vars(first); break; 1583 case 't': list_tab_vars(first); break; 1584 case 'v': list_vim_vars(first); break; 1585 case 's': list_script_vars(first); break; 1586 case 'l': list_func_vars(first); break; 1587 default: 1588 EMSG2(_("E738: Can't list variables for %s"), name); 1589 } 1590 } 1591 else 1592 { 1593 char_u numbuf[NUMBUFLEN]; 1594 char_u *tf; 1595 int c; 1596 char_u *s; 1597 1598 s = echo_string(&tv, &tf, numbuf, 0); 1599 c = *arg; 1600 *arg = NUL; 1601 list_one_var_a((char_u *)"", 1602 arg == arg_subsc ? name : name_start, 1603 tv.v_type, 1604 s == NULL ? (char_u *)"" : s, 1605 first); 1606 *arg = c; 1607 vim_free(tf); 1608 } 1609 clear_tv(&tv); 1610 } 1611 } 1612 } 1613 1614 vim_free(tofree); 1615 } 1616 1617 arg = skipwhite(arg); 1618 } 1619 1620 return arg; 1621 } 1622 1623 /* 1624 * Set one item of ":let var = expr" or ":let [v1, v2] = list" to its value. 1625 * Returns a pointer to the char just after the var name. 1626 * Returns NULL if there is an error. 1627 */ 1628 static char_u * 1629 ex_let_one( 1630 char_u *arg, /* points to variable name */ 1631 typval_T *tv, /* value to assign to variable */ 1632 int copy, /* copy value from "tv" */ 1633 char_u *endchars, /* valid chars after variable name or NULL */ 1634 char_u *op) /* "+", "-", "." or NULL*/ 1635 { 1636 int c1; 1637 char_u *name; 1638 char_u *p; 1639 char_u *arg_end = NULL; 1640 int len; 1641 int opt_flags; 1642 char_u *tofree = NULL; 1643 1644 /* 1645 * ":let $VAR = expr": Set environment variable. 1646 */ 1647 if (*arg == '$') 1648 { 1649 /* Find the end of the name. */ 1650 ++arg; 1651 name = arg; 1652 len = get_env_len(&arg); 1653 if (len == 0) 1654 EMSG2(_(e_invarg2), name - 1); 1655 else 1656 { 1657 if (op != NULL && (*op == '+' || *op == '-')) 1658 EMSG2(_(e_letwrong), op); 1659 else if (endchars != NULL 1660 && vim_strchr(endchars, *skipwhite(arg)) == NULL) 1661 EMSG(_(e_letunexp)); 1662 else if (!check_secure()) 1663 { 1664 c1 = name[len]; 1665 name[len] = NUL; 1666 p = get_tv_string_chk(tv); 1667 if (p != NULL && op != NULL && *op == '.') 1668 { 1669 int mustfree = FALSE; 1670 char_u *s = vim_getenv(name, &mustfree); 1671 1672 if (s != NULL) 1673 { 1674 p = tofree = concat_str(s, p); 1675 if (mustfree) 1676 vim_free(s); 1677 } 1678 } 1679 if (p != NULL) 1680 { 1681 vim_setenv(name, p); 1682 if (STRICMP(name, "HOME") == 0) 1683 init_homedir(); 1684 else if (didset_vim && STRICMP(name, "VIM") == 0) 1685 didset_vim = FALSE; 1686 else if (didset_vimruntime 1687 && STRICMP(name, "VIMRUNTIME") == 0) 1688 didset_vimruntime = FALSE; 1689 arg_end = arg; 1690 } 1691 name[len] = c1; 1692 vim_free(tofree); 1693 } 1694 } 1695 } 1696 1697 /* 1698 * ":let &option = expr": Set option value. 1699 * ":let &l:option = expr": Set local option value. 1700 * ":let &g:option = expr": Set global option value. 1701 */ 1702 else if (*arg == '&') 1703 { 1704 /* Find the end of the name. */ 1705 p = find_option_end(&arg, &opt_flags); 1706 if (p == NULL || (endchars != NULL 1707 && vim_strchr(endchars, *skipwhite(p)) == NULL)) 1708 EMSG(_(e_letunexp)); 1709 else 1710 { 1711 long n; 1712 int opt_type; 1713 long numval; 1714 char_u *stringval = NULL; 1715 char_u *s; 1716 1717 c1 = *p; 1718 *p = NUL; 1719 1720 n = (long)get_tv_number(tv); 1721 s = get_tv_string_chk(tv); /* != NULL if number or string */ 1722 if (s != NULL && op != NULL && *op != '=') 1723 { 1724 opt_type = get_option_value(arg, &numval, 1725 &stringval, opt_flags); 1726 if ((opt_type == 1 && *op == '.') 1727 || (opt_type == 0 && *op != '.')) 1728 { 1729 EMSG2(_(e_letwrong), op); 1730 s = NULL; /* don't set the value */ 1731 } 1732 else 1733 { 1734 if (opt_type == 1) /* number */ 1735 { 1736 if (*op == '+') 1737 n = numval + n; 1738 else 1739 n = numval - n; 1740 } 1741 else if (opt_type == 0 && stringval != NULL) /* string */ 1742 { 1743 s = concat_str(stringval, s); 1744 vim_free(stringval); 1745 stringval = s; 1746 } 1747 } 1748 } 1749 if (s != NULL) 1750 { 1751 set_option_value(arg, n, s, opt_flags); 1752 arg_end = p; 1753 } 1754 *p = c1; 1755 vim_free(stringval); 1756 } 1757 } 1758 1759 /* 1760 * ":let @r = expr": Set register contents. 1761 */ 1762 else if (*arg == '@') 1763 { 1764 ++arg; 1765 if (op != NULL && (*op == '+' || *op == '-')) 1766 EMSG2(_(e_letwrong), op); 1767 else if (endchars != NULL 1768 && vim_strchr(endchars, *skipwhite(arg + 1)) == NULL) 1769 EMSG(_(e_letunexp)); 1770 else 1771 { 1772 char_u *ptofree = NULL; 1773 char_u *s; 1774 1775 p = get_tv_string_chk(tv); 1776 if (p != NULL && op != NULL && *op == '.') 1777 { 1778 s = get_reg_contents(*arg == '@' ? '"' : *arg, GREG_EXPR_SRC); 1779 if (s != NULL) 1780 { 1781 p = ptofree = concat_str(s, p); 1782 vim_free(s); 1783 } 1784 } 1785 if (p != NULL) 1786 { 1787 write_reg_contents(*arg == '@' ? '"' : *arg, p, -1, FALSE); 1788 arg_end = arg + 1; 1789 } 1790 vim_free(ptofree); 1791 } 1792 } 1793 1794 /* 1795 * ":let var = expr": Set internal variable. 1796 * ":let {expr} = expr": Idem, name made with curly braces 1797 */ 1798 else if (eval_isnamec1(*arg) || *arg == '{') 1799 { 1800 lval_T lv; 1801 1802 p = get_lval(arg, tv, &lv, FALSE, FALSE, 0, FNE_CHECK_START); 1803 if (p != NULL && lv.ll_name != NULL) 1804 { 1805 if (endchars != NULL && vim_strchr(endchars, *skipwhite(p)) == NULL) 1806 EMSG(_(e_letunexp)); 1807 else 1808 { 1809 set_var_lval(&lv, p, tv, copy, op); 1810 arg_end = p; 1811 } 1812 } 1813 clear_lval(&lv); 1814 } 1815 1816 else 1817 EMSG2(_(e_invarg2), arg); 1818 1819 return arg_end; 1820 } 1821 1822 /* 1823 * Get an lval: variable, Dict item or List item that can be assigned a value 1824 * to: "name", "na{me}", "name[expr]", "name[expr:expr]", "name[expr][expr]", 1825 * "name.key", "name.key[expr]" etc. 1826 * Indexing only works if "name" is an existing List or Dictionary. 1827 * "name" points to the start of the name. 1828 * If "rettv" is not NULL it points to the value to be assigned. 1829 * "unlet" is TRUE for ":unlet": slightly different behavior when something is 1830 * wrong; must end in space or cmd separator. 1831 * 1832 * flags: 1833 * GLV_QUIET: do not give error messages 1834 * GLV_READ_ONLY: will not change the variable 1835 * GLV_NO_AUTOLOAD: do not use script autoloading 1836 * 1837 * Returns a pointer to just after the name, including indexes. 1838 * When an evaluation error occurs "lp->ll_name" is NULL; 1839 * Returns NULL for a parsing error. Still need to free items in "lp"! 1840 */ 1841 char_u * 1842 get_lval( 1843 char_u *name, 1844 typval_T *rettv, 1845 lval_T *lp, 1846 int unlet, 1847 int skip, 1848 int flags, /* GLV_ values */ 1849 int fne_flags) /* flags for find_name_end() */ 1850 { 1851 char_u *p; 1852 char_u *expr_start, *expr_end; 1853 int cc; 1854 dictitem_T *v; 1855 typval_T var1; 1856 typval_T var2; 1857 int empty1 = FALSE; 1858 listitem_T *ni; 1859 char_u *key = NULL; 1860 int len; 1861 hashtab_T *ht; 1862 int quiet = flags & GLV_QUIET; 1863 1864 /* Clear everything in "lp". */ 1865 vim_memset(lp, 0, sizeof(lval_T)); 1866 1867 if (skip) 1868 { 1869 /* When skipping just find the end of the name. */ 1870 lp->ll_name = name; 1871 return find_name_end(name, NULL, NULL, FNE_INCL_BR | fne_flags); 1872 } 1873 1874 /* Find the end of the name. */ 1875 p = find_name_end(name, &expr_start, &expr_end, fne_flags); 1876 if (expr_start != NULL) 1877 { 1878 /* Don't expand the name when we already know there is an error. */ 1879 if (unlet && !VIM_ISWHITE(*p) && !ends_excmd(*p) 1880 && *p != '[' && *p != '.') 1881 { 1882 EMSG(_(e_trailing)); 1883 return NULL; 1884 } 1885 1886 lp->ll_exp_name = make_expanded_name(name, expr_start, expr_end, p); 1887 if (lp->ll_exp_name == NULL) 1888 { 1889 /* Report an invalid expression in braces, unless the 1890 * expression evaluation has been cancelled due to an 1891 * aborting error, an interrupt, or an exception. */ 1892 if (!aborting() && !quiet) 1893 { 1894 emsg_severe = TRUE; 1895 EMSG2(_(e_invarg2), name); 1896 return NULL; 1897 } 1898 } 1899 lp->ll_name = lp->ll_exp_name; 1900 } 1901 else 1902 lp->ll_name = name; 1903 1904 /* Without [idx] or .key we are done. */ 1905 if ((*p != '[' && *p != '.') || lp->ll_name == NULL) 1906 return p; 1907 1908 cc = *p; 1909 *p = NUL; 1910 /* Only pass &ht when we would write to the variable, it prevents autoload 1911 * as well. */ 1912 v = find_var(lp->ll_name, (flags & GLV_READ_ONLY) ? NULL : &ht, 1913 flags & GLV_NO_AUTOLOAD); 1914 if (v == NULL && !quiet) 1915 EMSG2(_(e_undefvar), lp->ll_name); 1916 *p = cc; 1917 if (v == NULL) 1918 return NULL; 1919 1920 /* 1921 * Loop until no more [idx] or .key is following. 1922 */ 1923 lp->ll_tv = &v->di_tv; 1924 var1.v_type = VAR_UNKNOWN; 1925 var2.v_type = VAR_UNKNOWN; 1926 while (*p == '[' || (*p == '.' && lp->ll_tv->v_type == VAR_DICT)) 1927 { 1928 if (!(lp->ll_tv->v_type == VAR_LIST && lp->ll_tv->vval.v_list != NULL) 1929 && !(lp->ll_tv->v_type == VAR_DICT 1930 && lp->ll_tv->vval.v_dict != NULL)) 1931 { 1932 if (!quiet) 1933 EMSG(_("E689: Can only index a List or Dictionary")); 1934 return NULL; 1935 } 1936 if (lp->ll_range) 1937 { 1938 if (!quiet) 1939 EMSG(_("E708: [:] must come last")); 1940 return NULL; 1941 } 1942 1943 len = -1; 1944 if (*p == '.') 1945 { 1946 key = p + 1; 1947 for (len = 0; ASCII_ISALNUM(key[len]) || key[len] == '_'; ++len) 1948 ; 1949 if (len == 0) 1950 { 1951 if (!quiet) 1952 EMSG(_(e_emptykey)); 1953 return NULL; 1954 } 1955 p = key + len; 1956 } 1957 else 1958 { 1959 /* Get the index [expr] or the first index [expr: ]. */ 1960 p = skipwhite(p + 1); 1961 if (*p == ':') 1962 empty1 = TRUE; 1963 else 1964 { 1965 empty1 = FALSE; 1966 if (eval1(&p, &var1, TRUE) == FAIL) /* recursive! */ 1967 return NULL; 1968 if (get_tv_string_chk(&var1) == NULL) 1969 { 1970 /* not a number or string */ 1971 clear_tv(&var1); 1972 return NULL; 1973 } 1974 } 1975 1976 /* Optionally get the second index [ :expr]. */ 1977 if (*p == ':') 1978 { 1979 if (lp->ll_tv->v_type == VAR_DICT) 1980 { 1981 if (!quiet) 1982 EMSG(_(e_dictrange)); 1983 clear_tv(&var1); 1984 return NULL; 1985 } 1986 if (rettv != NULL && (rettv->v_type != VAR_LIST 1987 || rettv->vval.v_list == NULL)) 1988 { 1989 if (!quiet) 1990 EMSG(_("E709: [:] requires a List value")); 1991 clear_tv(&var1); 1992 return NULL; 1993 } 1994 p = skipwhite(p + 1); 1995 if (*p == ']') 1996 lp->ll_empty2 = TRUE; 1997 else 1998 { 1999 lp->ll_empty2 = FALSE; 2000 if (eval1(&p, &var2, TRUE) == FAIL) /* recursive! */ 2001 { 2002 clear_tv(&var1); 2003 return NULL; 2004 } 2005 if (get_tv_string_chk(&var2) == NULL) 2006 { 2007 /* not a number or string */ 2008 clear_tv(&var1); 2009 clear_tv(&var2); 2010 return NULL; 2011 } 2012 } 2013 lp->ll_range = TRUE; 2014 } 2015 else 2016 lp->ll_range = FALSE; 2017 2018 if (*p != ']') 2019 { 2020 if (!quiet) 2021 EMSG(_(e_missbrac)); 2022 clear_tv(&var1); 2023 clear_tv(&var2); 2024 return NULL; 2025 } 2026 2027 /* Skip to past ']'. */ 2028 ++p; 2029 } 2030 2031 if (lp->ll_tv->v_type == VAR_DICT) 2032 { 2033 if (len == -1) 2034 { 2035 /* "[key]": get key from "var1" */ 2036 key = get_tv_string_chk(&var1); /* is number or string */ 2037 if (key == NULL) 2038 { 2039 clear_tv(&var1); 2040 return NULL; 2041 } 2042 } 2043 lp->ll_list = NULL; 2044 lp->ll_dict = lp->ll_tv->vval.v_dict; 2045 lp->ll_di = dict_find(lp->ll_dict, key, len); 2046 2047 /* When assigning to a scope dictionary check that a function and 2048 * variable name is valid (only variable name unless it is l: or 2049 * g: dictionary). Disallow overwriting a builtin function. */ 2050 if (rettv != NULL && lp->ll_dict->dv_scope != 0) 2051 { 2052 int prevval; 2053 int wrong; 2054 2055 if (len != -1) 2056 { 2057 prevval = key[len]; 2058 key[len] = NUL; 2059 } 2060 else 2061 prevval = 0; /* avoid compiler warning */ 2062 wrong = (lp->ll_dict->dv_scope == VAR_DEF_SCOPE 2063 && rettv->v_type == VAR_FUNC 2064 && var_check_func_name(key, lp->ll_di == NULL)) 2065 || !valid_varname(key); 2066 if (len != -1) 2067 key[len] = prevval; 2068 if (wrong) 2069 return NULL; 2070 } 2071 2072 if (lp->ll_di == NULL) 2073 { 2074 /* Can't add "v:" variable. */ 2075 if (lp->ll_dict == &vimvardict) 2076 { 2077 EMSG2(_(e_illvar), name); 2078 return NULL; 2079 } 2080 2081 /* Key does not exist in dict: may need to add it. */ 2082 if (*p == '[' || *p == '.' || unlet) 2083 { 2084 if (!quiet) 2085 EMSG2(_(e_dictkey), key); 2086 clear_tv(&var1); 2087 return NULL; 2088 } 2089 if (len == -1) 2090 lp->ll_newkey = vim_strsave(key); 2091 else 2092 lp->ll_newkey = vim_strnsave(key, len); 2093 clear_tv(&var1); 2094 if (lp->ll_newkey == NULL) 2095 p = NULL; 2096 break; 2097 } 2098 /* existing variable, need to check if it can be changed */ 2099 else if ((flags & GLV_READ_ONLY) == 0 2100 && var_check_ro(lp->ll_di->di_flags, name, FALSE)) 2101 { 2102 clear_tv(&var1); 2103 return NULL; 2104 } 2105 2106 clear_tv(&var1); 2107 lp->ll_tv = &lp->ll_di->di_tv; 2108 } 2109 else 2110 { 2111 /* 2112 * Get the number and item for the only or first index of the List. 2113 */ 2114 if (empty1) 2115 lp->ll_n1 = 0; 2116 else 2117 /* is number or string */ 2118 lp->ll_n1 = (long)get_tv_number(&var1); 2119 clear_tv(&var1); 2120 2121 lp->ll_dict = NULL; 2122 lp->ll_list = lp->ll_tv->vval.v_list; 2123 lp->ll_li = list_find(lp->ll_list, lp->ll_n1); 2124 if (lp->ll_li == NULL) 2125 { 2126 if (lp->ll_n1 < 0) 2127 { 2128 lp->ll_n1 = 0; 2129 lp->ll_li = list_find(lp->ll_list, lp->ll_n1); 2130 } 2131 } 2132 if (lp->ll_li == NULL) 2133 { 2134 clear_tv(&var2); 2135 if (!quiet) 2136 EMSGN(_(e_listidx), lp->ll_n1); 2137 return NULL; 2138 } 2139 2140 /* 2141 * May need to find the item or absolute index for the second 2142 * index of a range. 2143 * When no index given: "lp->ll_empty2" is TRUE. 2144 * Otherwise "lp->ll_n2" is set to the second index. 2145 */ 2146 if (lp->ll_range && !lp->ll_empty2) 2147 { 2148 lp->ll_n2 = (long)get_tv_number(&var2); 2149 /* is number or string */ 2150 clear_tv(&var2); 2151 if (lp->ll_n2 < 0) 2152 { 2153 ni = list_find(lp->ll_list, lp->ll_n2); 2154 if (ni == NULL) 2155 { 2156 if (!quiet) 2157 EMSGN(_(e_listidx), lp->ll_n2); 2158 return NULL; 2159 } 2160 lp->ll_n2 = list_idx_of_item(lp->ll_list, ni); 2161 } 2162 2163 /* Check that lp->ll_n2 isn't before lp->ll_n1. */ 2164 if (lp->ll_n1 < 0) 2165 lp->ll_n1 = list_idx_of_item(lp->ll_list, lp->ll_li); 2166 if (lp->ll_n2 < lp->ll_n1) 2167 { 2168 if (!quiet) 2169 EMSGN(_(e_listidx), lp->ll_n2); 2170 return NULL; 2171 } 2172 } 2173 2174 lp->ll_tv = &lp->ll_li->li_tv; 2175 } 2176 } 2177 2178 clear_tv(&var1); 2179 return p; 2180 } 2181 2182 /* 2183 * Clear lval "lp" that was filled by get_lval(). 2184 */ 2185 void 2186 clear_lval(lval_T *lp) 2187 { 2188 vim_free(lp->ll_exp_name); 2189 vim_free(lp->ll_newkey); 2190 } 2191 2192 /* 2193 * Set a variable that was parsed by get_lval() to "rettv". 2194 * "endp" points to just after the parsed name. 2195 * "op" is NULL, "+" for "+=", "-" for "-=", "." for ".=" or "=" for "=". 2196 */ 2197 static void 2198 set_var_lval( 2199 lval_T *lp, 2200 char_u *endp, 2201 typval_T *rettv, 2202 int copy, 2203 char_u *op) 2204 { 2205 int cc; 2206 listitem_T *ri; 2207 dictitem_T *di; 2208 2209 if (lp->ll_tv == NULL) 2210 { 2211 cc = *endp; 2212 *endp = NUL; 2213 if (op != NULL && *op != '=') 2214 { 2215 typval_T tv; 2216 2217 /* handle +=, -= and .= */ 2218 di = NULL; 2219 if (get_var_tv(lp->ll_name, (int)STRLEN(lp->ll_name), 2220 &tv, &di, TRUE, FALSE) == OK) 2221 { 2222 if ((di == NULL 2223 || (!var_check_ro(di->di_flags, lp->ll_name, FALSE) 2224 && !tv_check_lock(di->di_tv.v_lock, lp->ll_name, 2225 FALSE))) 2226 && tv_op(&tv, rettv, op) == OK) 2227 set_var(lp->ll_name, &tv, FALSE); 2228 clear_tv(&tv); 2229 } 2230 } 2231 else 2232 set_var(lp->ll_name, rettv, copy); 2233 *endp = cc; 2234 } 2235 else if (tv_check_lock(lp->ll_newkey == NULL 2236 ? lp->ll_tv->v_lock 2237 : lp->ll_tv->vval.v_dict->dv_lock, lp->ll_name, FALSE)) 2238 ; 2239 else if (lp->ll_range) 2240 { 2241 listitem_T *ll_li = lp->ll_li; 2242 int ll_n1 = lp->ll_n1; 2243 2244 /* 2245 * Check whether any of the list items is locked 2246 */ 2247 for (ri = rettv->vval.v_list->lv_first; ri != NULL && ll_li != NULL; ) 2248 { 2249 if (tv_check_lock(ll_li->li_tv.v_lock, lp->ll_name, FALSE)) 2250 return; 2251 ri = ri->li_next; 2252 if (ri == NULL || (!lp->ll_empty2 && lp->ll_n2 == ll_n1)) 2253 break; 2254 ll_li = ll_li->li_next; 2255 ++ll_n1; 2256 } 2257 2258 /* 2259 * Assign the List values to the list items. 2260 */ 2261 for (ri = rettv->vval.v_list->lv_first; ri != NULL; ) 2262 { 2263 if (op != NULL && *op != '=') 2264 tv_op(&lp->ll_li->li_tv, &ri->li_tv, op); 2265 else 2266 { 2267 clear_tv(&lp->ll_li->li_tv); 2268 copy_tv(&ri->li_tv, &lp->ll_li->li_tv); 2269 } 2270 ri = ri->li_next; 2271 if (ri == NULL || (!lp->ll_empty2 && lp->ll_n2 == lp->ll_n1)) 2272 break; 2273 if (lp->ll_li->li_next == NULL) 2274 { 2275 /* Need to add an empty item. */ 2276 if (list_append_number(lp->ll_list, 0) == FAIL) 2277 { 2278 ri = NULL; 2279 break; 2280 } 2281 } 2282 lp->ll_li = lp->ll_li->li_next; 2283 ++lp->ll_n1; 2284 } 2285 if (ri != NULL) 2286 EMSG(_("E710: List value has more items than target")); 2287 else if (lp->ll_empty2 2288 ? (lp->ll_li != NULL && lp->ll_li->li_next != NULL) 2289 : lp->ll_n1 != lp->ll_n2) 2290 EMSG(_("E711: List value has not enough items")); 2291 } 2292 else 2293 { 2294 /* 2295 * Assign to a List or Dictionary item. 2296 */ 2297 if (lp->ll_newkey != NULL) 2298 { 2299 if (op != NULL && *op != '=') 2300 { 2301 EMSG2(_(e_letwrong), op); 2302 return; 2303 } 2304 2305 /* Need to add an item to the Dictionary. */ 2306 di = dictitem_alloc(lp->ll_newkey); 2307 if (di == NULL) 2308 return; 2309 if (dict_add(lp->ll_tv->vval.v_dict, di) == FAIL) 2310 { 2311 vim_free(di); 2312 return; 2313 } 2314 lp->ll_tv = &di->di_tv; 2315 } 2316 else if (op != NULL && *op != '=') 2317 { 2318 tv_op(lp->ll_tv, rettv, op); 2319 return; 2320 } 2321 else 2322 clear_tv(lp->ll_tv); 2323 2324 /* 2325 * Assign the value to the variable or list item. 2326 */ 2327 if (copy) 2328 copy_tv(rettv, lp->ll_tv); 2329 else 2330 { 2331 *lp->ll_tv = *rettv; 2332 lp->ll_tv->v_lock = 0; 2333 init_tv(rettv); 2334 } 2335 } 2336 } 2337 2338 /* 2339 * Handle "tv1 += tv2", "tv1 -= tv2" and "tv1 .= tv2" 2340 * Returns OK or FAIL. 2341 */ 2342 static int 2343 tv_op(typval_T *tv1, typval_T *tv2, char_u *op) 2344 { 2345 varnumber_T n; 2346 char_u numbuf[NUMBUFLEN]; 2347 char_u *s; 2348 2349 /* Can't do anything with a Funcref, Dict, v:true on the right. */ 2350 if (tv2->v_type != VAR_FUNC && tv2->v_type != VAR_DICT 2351 && tv2->v_type != VAR_SPECIAL) 2352 { 2353 switch (tv1->v_type) 2354 { 2355 case VAR_UNKNOWN: 2356 case VAR_DICT: 2357 case VAR_FUNC: 2358 case VAR_PARTIAL: 2359 case VAR_SPECIAL: 2360 case VAR_JOB: 2361 case VAR_CHANNEL: 2362 break; 2363 2364 case VAR_LIST: 2365 if (*op != '+' || tv2->v_type != VAR_LIST) 2366 break; 2367 /* List += List */ 2368 if (tv1->vval.v_list != NULL && tv2->vval.v_list != NULL) 2369 list_extend(tv1->vval.v_list, tv2->vval.v_list, NULL); 2370 return OK; 2371 2372 case VAR_NUMBER: 2373 case VAR_STRING: 2374 if (tv2->v_type == VAR_LIST) 2375 break; 2376 if (*op == '+' || *op == '-') 2377 { 2378 /* nr += nr or nr -= nr*/ 2379 n = get_tv_number(tv1); 2380 #ifdef FEAT_FLOAT 2381 if (tv2->v_type == VAR_FLOAT) 2382 { 2383 float_T f = n; 2384 2385 if (*op == '+') 2386 f += tv2->vval.v_float; 2387 else 2388 f -= tv2->vval.v_float; 2389 clear_tv(tv1); 2390 tv1->v_type = VAR_FLOAT; 2391 tv1->vval.v_float = f; 2392 } 2393 else 2394 #endif 2395 { 2396 if (*op == '+') 2397 n += get_tv_number(tv2); 2398 else 2399 n -= get_tv_number(tv2); 2400 clear_tv(tv1); 2401 tv1->v_type = VAR_NUMBER; 2402 tv1->vval.v_number = n; 2403 } 2404 } 2405 else 2406 { 2407 if (tv2->v_type == VAR_FLOAT) 2408 break; 2409 2410 /* str .= str */ 2411 s = get_tv_string(tv1); 2412 s = concat_str(s, get_tv_string_buf(tv2, numbuf)); 2413 clear_tv(tv1); 2414 tv1->v_type = VAR_STRING; 2415 tv1->vval.v_string = s; 2416 } 2417 return OK; 2418 2419 case VAR_FLOAT: 2420 #ifdef FEAT_FLOAT 2421 { 2422 float_T f; 2423 2424 if (*op == '.' || (tv2->v_type != VAR_FLOAT 2425 && tv2->v_type != VAR_NUMBER 2426 && tv2->v_type != VAR_STRING)) 2427 break; 2428 if (tv2->v_type == VAR_FLOAT) 2429 f = tv2->vval.v_float; 2430 else 2431 f = get_tv_number(tv2); 2432 if (*op == '+') 2433 tv1->vval.v_float += f; 2434 else 2435 tv1->vval.v_float -= f; 2436 } 2437 #endif 2438 return OK; 2439 } 2440 } 2441 2442 EMSG2(_(e_letwrong), op); 2443 return FAIL; 2444 } 2445 2446 /* 2447 * Evaluate the expression used in a ":for var in expr" command. 2448 * "arg" points to "var". 2449 * Set "*errp" to TRUE for an error, FALSE otherwise; 2450 * Return a pointer that holds the info. Null when there is an error. 2451 */ 2452 void * 2453 eval_for_line( 2454 char_u *arg, 2455 int *errp, 2456 char_u **nextcmdp, 2457 int skip) 2458 { 2459 forinfo_T *fi; 2460 char_u *expr; 2461 typval_T tv; 2462 list_T *l; 2463 2464 *errp = TRUE; /* default: there is an error */ 2465 2466 fi = (forinfo_T *)alloc_clear(sizeof(forinfo_T)); 2467 if (fi == NULL) 2468 return NULL; 2469 2470 expr = skip_var_list(arg, &fi->fi_varcount, &fi->fi_semicolon); 2471 if (expr == NULL) 2472 return fi; 2473 2474 expr = skipwhite(expr); 2475 if (expr[0] != 'i' || expr[1] != 'n' || !VIM_ISWHITE(expr[2])) 2476 { 2477 EMSG(_("E690: Missing \"in\" after :for")); 2478 return fi; 2479 } 2480 2481 if (skip) 2482 ++emsg_skip; 2483 if (eval0(skipwhite(expr + 2), &tv, nextcmdp, !skip) == OK) 2484 { 2485 *errp = FALSE; 2486 if (!skip) 2487 { 2488 l = tv.vval.v_list; 2489 if (tv.v_type != VAR_LIST) 2490 { 2491 EMSG(_(e_listreq)); 2492 clear_tv(&tv); 2493 } 2494 else if (l == NULL) 2495 { 2496 /* a null list is like an empty list: do nothing */ 2497 clear_tv(&tv); 2498 } 2499 else 2500 { 2501 /* No need to increment the refcount, it's already set for the 2502 * list being used in "tv". */ 2503 fi->fi_list = l; 2504 list_add_watch(l, &fi->fi_lw); 2505 fi->fi_lw.lw_item = l->lv_first; 2506 } 2507 } 2508 } 2509 if (skip) 2510 --emsg_skip; 2511 2512 return fi; 2513 } 2514 2515 /* 2516 * Use the first item in a ":for" list. Advance to the next. 2517 * Assign the values to the variable (list). "arg" points to the first one. 2518 * Return TRUE when a valid item was found, FALSE when at end of list or 2519 * something wrong. 2520 */ 2521 int 2522 next_for_item(void *fi_void, char_u *arg) 2523 { 2524 forinfo_T *fi = (forinfo_T *)fi_void; 2525 int result; 2526 listitem_T *item; 2527 2528 item = fi->fi_lw.lw_item; 2529 if (item == NULL) 2530 result = FALSE; 2531 else 2532 { 2533 fi->fi_lw.lw_item = item->li_next; 2534 result = (ex_let_vars(arg, &item->li_tv, TRUE, 2535 fi->fi_semicolon, fi->fi_varcount, NULL) == OK); 2536 } 2537 return result; 2538 } 2539 2540 /* 2541 * Free the structure used to store info used by ":for". 2542 */ 2543 void 2544 free_for_info(void *fi_void) 2545 { 2546 forinfo_T *fi = (forinfo_T *)fi_void; 2547 2548 if (fi != NULL && fi->fi_list != NULL) 2549 { 2550 list_rem_watch(fi->fi_list, &fi->fi_lw); 2551 list_unref(fi->fi_list); 2552 } 2553 vim_free(fi); 2554 } 2555 2556 #if defined(FEAT_CMDL_COMPL) || defined(PROTO) 2557 2558 void 2559 set_context_for_expression( 2560 expand_T *xp, 2561 char_u *arg, 2562 cmdidx_T cmdidx) 2563 { 2564 int got_eq = FALSE; 2565 int c; 2566 char_u *p; 2567 2568 if (cmdidx == CMD_let) 2569 { 2570 xp->xp_context = EXPAND_USER_VARS; 2571 if (vim_strpbrk(arg, (char_u *)"\"'+-*/%.=!?~|&$([<>,#") == NULL) 2572 { 2573 /* ":let var1 var2 ...": find last space. */ 2574 for (p = arg + STRLEN(arg); p >= arg; ) 2575 { 2576 xp->xp_pattern = p; 2577 MB_PTR_BACK(arg, p); 2578 if (VIM_ISWHITE(*p)) 2579 break; 2580 } 2581 return; 2582 } 2583 } 2584 else 2585 xp->xp_context = cmdidx == CMD_call ? EXPAND_FUNCTIONS 2586 : EXPAND_EXPRESSION; 2587 while ((xp->xp_pattern = vim_strpbrk(arg, 2588 (char_u *)"\"'+-*/%.=!?~|&$([<>,#")) != NULL) 2589 { 2590 c = *xp->xp_pattern; 2591 if (c == '&') 2592 { 2593 c = xp->xp_pattern[1]; 2594 if (c == '&') 2595 { 2596 ++xp->xp_pattern; 2597 xp->xp_context = cmdidx != CMD_let || got_eq 2598 ? EXPAND_EXPRESSION : EXPAND_NOTHING; 2599 } 2600 else if (c != ' ') 2601 { 2602 xp->xp_context = EXPAND_SETTINGS; 2603 if ((c == 'l' || c == 'g') && xp->xp_pattern[2] == ':') 2604 xp->xp_pattern += 2; 2605 2606 } 2607 } 2608 else if (c == '$') 2609 { 2610 /* environment variable */ 2611 xp->xp_context = EXPAND_ENV_VARS; 2612 } 2613 else if (c == '=') 2614 { 2615 got_eq = TRUE; 2616 xp->xp_context = EXPAND_EXPRESSION; 2617 } 2618 else if (c == '#' 2619 && xp->xp_context == EXPAND_EXPRESSION) 2620 { 2621 /* Autoload function/variable contains '#'. */ 2622 break; 2623 } 2624 else if ((c == '<' || c == '#') 2625 && xp->xp_context == EXPAND_FUNCTIONS 2626 && vim_strchr(xp->xp_pattern, '(') == NULL) 2627 { 2628 /* Function name can start with "<SNR>" and contain '#'. */ 2629 break; 2630 } 2631 else if (cmdidx != CMD_let || got_eq) 2632 { 2633 if (c == '"') /* string */ 2634 { 2635 while ((c = *++xp->xp_pattern) != NUL && c != '"') 2636 if (c == '\\' && xp->xp_pattern[1] != NUL) 2637 ++xp->xp_pattern; 2638 xp->xp_context = EXPAND_NOTHING; 2639 } 2640 else if (c == '\'') /* literal string */ 2641 { 2642 /* Trick: '' is like stopping and starting a literal string. */ 2643 while ((c = *++xp->xp_pattern) != NUL && c != '\'') 2644 /* skip */ ; 2645 xp->xp_context = EXPAND_NOTHING; 2646 } 2647 else if (c == '|') 2648 { 2649 if (xp->xp_pattern[1] == '|') 2650 { 2651 ++xp->xp_pattern; 2652 xp->xp_context = EXPAND_EXPRESSION; 2653 } 2654 else 2655 xp->xp_context = EXPAND_COMMANDS; 2656 } 2657 else 2658 xp->xp_context = EXPAND_EXPRESSION; 2659 } 2660 else 2661 /* Doesn't look like something valid, expand as an expression 2662 * anyway. */ 2663 xp->xp_context = EXPAND_EXPRESSION; 2664 arg = xp->xp_pattern; 2665 if (*arg != NUL) 2666 while ((c = *++arg) != NUL && (c == ' ' || c == '\t')) 2667 /* skip */ ; 2668 } 2669 xp->xp_pattern = arg; 2670 } 2671 2672 #endif /* FEAT_CMDL_COMPL */ 2673 2674 /* 2675 * ":unlet[!] var1 ... " command. 2676 */ 2677 void 2678 ex_unlet(exarg_T *eap) 2679 { 2680 ex_unletlock(eap, eap->arg, 0); 2681 } 2682 2683 /* 2684 * ":lockvar" and ":unlockvar" commands 2685 */ 2686 void 2687 ex_lockvar(exarg_T *eap) 2688 { 2689 char_u *arg = eap->arg; 2690 int deep = 2; 2691 2692 if (eap->forceit) 2693 deep = -1; 2694 else if (vim_isdigit(*arg)) 2695 { 2696 deep = getdigits(&arg); 2697 arg = skipwhite(arg); 2698 } 2699 2700 ex_unletlock(eap, arg, deep); 2701 } 2702 2703 /* 2704 * ":unlet", ":lockvar" and ":unlockvar" are quite similar. 2705 */ 2706 static void 2707 ex_unletlock( 2708 exarg_T *eap, 2709 char_u *argstart, 2710 int deep) 2711 { 2712 char_u *arg = argstart; 2713 char_u *name_end; 2714 int error = FALSE; 2715 lval_T lv; 2716 2717 do 2718 { 2719 if (*arg == '$') 2720 { 2721 char_u *name = ++arg; 2722 2723 if (get_env_len(&arg) == 0) 2724 { 2725 EMSG2(_(e_invarg2), name - 1); 2726 return; 2727 } 2728 vim_unsetenv(name); 2729 arg = skipwhite(arg); 2730 continue; 2731 } 2732 2733 /* Parse the name and find the end. */ 2734 name_end = get_lval(arg, NULL, &lv, TRUE, eap->skip || error, 0, 2735 FNE_CHECK_START); 2736 if (lv.ll_name == NULL) 2737 error = TRUE; /* error but continue parsing */ 2738 if (name_end == NULL || (!VIM_ISWHITE(*name_end) 2739 && !ends_excmd(*name_end))) 2740 { 2741 if (name_end != NULL) 2742 { 2743 emsg_severe = TRUE; 2744 EMSG(_(e_trailing)); 2745 } 2746 if (!(eap->skip || error)) 2747 clear_lval(&lv); 2748 break; 2749 } 2750 2751 if (!error && !eap->skip) 2752 { 2753 if (eap->cmdidx == CMD_unlet) 2754 { 2755 if (do_unlet_var(&lv, name_end, eap->forceit) == FAIL) 2756 error = TRUE; 2757 } 2758 else 2759 { 2760 if (do_lock_var(&lv, name_end, deep, 2761 eap->cmdidx == CMD_lockvar) == FAIL) 2762 error = TRUE; 2763 } 2764 } 2765 2766 if (!eap->skip) 2767 clear_lval(&lv); 2768 2769 arg = skipwhite(name_end); 2770 } while (!ends_excmd(*arg)); 2771 2772 eap->nextcmd = check_nextcmd(arg); 2773 } 2774 2775 static int 2776 do_unlet_var( 2777 lval_T *lp, 2778 char_u *name_end, 2779 int forceit) 2780 { 2781 int ret = OK; 2782 int cc; 2783 2784 if (lp->ll_tv == NULL) 2785 { 2786 cc = *name_end; 2787 *name_end = NUL; 2788 2789 /* Normal name or expanded name. */ 2790 if (do_unlet(lp->ll_name, forceit) == FAIL) 2791 ret = FAIL; 2792 *name_end = cc; 2793 } 2794 else if ((lp->ll_list != NULL 2795 && tv_check_lock(lp->ll_list->lv_lock, lp->ll_name, FALSE)) 2796 || (lp->ll_dict != NULL 2797 && tv_check_lock(lp->ll_dict->dv_lock, lp->ll_name, FALSE))) 2798 return FAIL; 2799 else if (lp->ll_range) 2800 { 2801 listitem_T *li; 2802 listitem_T *ll_li = lp->ll_li; 2803 int ll_n1 = lp->ll_n1; 2804 2805 while (ll_li != NULL && (lp->ll_empty2 || lp->ll_n2 >= ll_n1)) 2806 { 2807 li = ll_li->li_next; 2808 if (tv_check_lock(ll_li->li_tv.v_lock, lp->ll_name, FALSE)) 2809 return FAIL; 2810 ll_li = li; 2811 ++ll_n1; 2812 } 2813 2814 /* Delete a range of List items. */ 2815 while (lp->ll_li != NULL && (lp->ll_empty2 || lp->ll_n2 >= lp->ll_n1)) 2816 { 2817 li = lp->ll_li->li_next; 2818 listitem_remove(lp->ll_list, lp->ll_li); 2819 lp->ll_li = li; 2820 ++lp->ll_n1; 2821 } 2822 } 2823 else 2824 { 2825 if (lp->ll_list != NULL) 2826 /* unlet a List item. */ 2827 listitem_remove(lp->ll_list, lp->ll_li); 2828 else 2829 /* unlet a Dictionary item. */ 2830 dictitem_remove(lp->ll_dict, lp->ll_di); 2831 } 2832 2833 return ret; 2834 } 2835 2836 /* 2837 * "unlet" a variable. Return OK if it existed, FAIL if not. 2838 * When "forceit" is TRUE don't complain if the variable doesn't exist. 2839 */ 2840 int 2841 do_unlet(char_u *name, int forceit) 2842 { 2843 hashtab_T *ht; 2844 hashitem_T *hi; 2845 char_u *varname; 2846 dict_T *d; 2847 dictitem_T *di; 2848 2849 ht = find_var_ht(name, &varname); 2850 if (ht != NULL && *varname != NUL) 2851 { 2852 d = get_current_funccal_dict(ht); 2853 if (d == NULL) 2854 { 2855 if (ht == &globvarht) 2856 d = &globvardict; 2857 else if (ht == &compat_hashtab) 2858 d = &vimvardict; 2859 else 2860 { 2861 di = find_var_in_ht(ht, *name, (char_u *)"", FALSE); 2862 d = di == NULL ? NULL : di->di_tv.vval.v_dict; 2863 } 2864 if (d == NULL) 2865 { 2866 internal_error("do_unlet()"); 2867 return FAIL; 2868 } 2869 } 2870 hi = hash_find(ht, varname); 2871 if (HASHITEM_EMPTY(hi)) 2872 hi = find_hi_in_scoped_ht(name, &ht); 2873 if (hi != NULL && !HASHITEM_EMPTY(hi)) 2874 { 2875 di = HI2DI(hi); 2876 if (var_check_fixed(di->di_flags, name, FALSE) 2877 || var_check_ro(di->di_flags, name, FALSE) 2878 || tv_check_lock(d->dv_lock, name, FALSE)) 2879 return FAIL; 2880 2881 delete_var(ht, hi); 2882 return OK; 2883 } 2884 } 2885 if (forceit) 2886 return OK; 2887 EMSG2(_("E108: No such variable: \"%s\""), name); 2888 return FAIL; 2889 } 2890 2891 /* 2892 * Lock or unlock variable indicated by "lp". 2893 * "deep" is the levels to go (-1 for unlimited); 2894 * "lock" is TRUE for ":lockvar", FALSE for ":unlockvar". 2895 */ 2896 static int 2897 do_lock_var( 2898 lval_T *lp, 2899 char_u *name_end, 2900 int deep, 2901 int lock) 2902 { 2903 int ret = OK; 2904 int cc; 2905 dictitem_T *di; 2906 2907 if (deep == 0) /* nothing to do */ 2908 return OK; 2909 2910 if (lp->ll_tv == NULL) 2911 { 2912 cc = *name_end; 2913 *name_end = NUL; 2914 2915 /* Normal name or expanded name. */ 2916 di = find_var(lp->ll_name, NULL, TRUE); 2917 if (di == NULL) 2918 ret = FAIL; 2919 else if ((di->di_flags & DI_FLAGS_FIX) 2920 && di->di_tv.v_type != VAR_DICT 2921 && di->di_tv.v_type != VAR_LIST) 2922 /* For historic reasons this error is not given for a list or dict. 2923 * E.g., the b: dict could be locked/unlocked. */ 2924 EMSG2(_("E940: Cannot lock or unlock variable %s"), lp->ll_name); 2925 else 2926 { 2927 if (lock) 2928 di->di_flags |= DI_FLAGS_LOCK; 2929 else 2930 di->di_flags &= ~DI_FLAGS_LOCK; 2931 item_lock(&di->di_tv, deep, lock); 2932 } 2933 *name_end = cc; 2934 } 2935 else if (lp->ll_range) 2936 { 2937 listitem_T *li = lp->ll_li; 2938 2939 /* (un)lock a range of List items. */ 2940 while (li != NULL && (lp->ll_empty2 || lp->ll_n2 >= lp->ll_n1)) 2941 { 2942 item_lock(&li->li_tv, deep, lock); 2943 li = li->li_next; 2944 ++lp->ll_n1; 2945 } 2946 } 2947 else if (lp->ll_list != NULL) 2948 /* (un)lock a List item. */ 2949 item_lock(&lp->ll_li->li_tv, deep, lock); 2950 else 2951 /* (un)lock a Dictionary item. */ 2952 item_lock(&lp->ll_di->di_tv, deep, lock); 2953 2954 return ret; 2955 } 2956 2957 /* 2958 * Lock or unlock an item. "deep" is nr of levels to go. 2959 */ 2960 static void 2961 item_lock(typval_T *tv, int deep, int lock) 2962 { 2963 static int recurse = 0; 2964 list_T *l; 2965 listitem_T *li; 2966 dict_T *d; 2967 hashitem_T *hi; 2968 int todo; 2969 2970 if (recurse >= DICT_MAXNEST) 2971 { 2972 EMSG(_("E743: variable nested too deep for (un)lock")); 2973 return; 2974 } 2975 if (deep == 0) 2976 return; 2977 ++recurse; 2978 2979 /* lock/unlock the item itself */ 2980 if (lock) 2981 tv->v_lock |= VAR_LOCKED; 2982 else 2983 tv->v_lock &= ~VAR_LOCKED; 2984 2985 switch (tv->v_type) 2986 { 2987 case VAR_UNKNOWN: 2988 case VAR_NUMBER: 2989 case VAR_STRING: 2990 case VAR_FUNC: 2991 case VAR_PARTIAL: 2992 case VAR_FLOAT: 2993 case VAR_SPECIAL: 2994 case VAR_JOB: 2995 case VAR_CHANNEL: 2996 break; 2997 2998 case VAR_LIST: 2999 if ((l = tv->vval.v_list) != NULL) 3000 { 3001 if (lock) 3002 l->lv_lock |= VAR_LOCKED; 3003 else 3004 l->lv_lock &= ~VAR_LOCKED; 3005 if (deep < 0 || deep > 1) 3006 /* recursive: lock/unlock the items the List contains */ 3007 for (li = l->lv_first; li != NULL; li = li->li_next) 3008 item_lock(&li->li_tv, deep - 1, lock); 3009 } 3010 break; 3011 case VAR_DICT: 3012 if ((d = tv->vval.v_dict) != NULL) 3013 { 3014 if (lock) 3015 d->dv_lock |= VAR_LOCKED; 3016 else 3017 d->dv_lock &= ~VAR_LOCKED; 3018 if (deep < 0 || deep > 1) 3019 { 3020 /* recursive: lock/unlock the items the List contains */ 3021 todo = (int)d->dv_hashtab.ht_used; 3022 for (hi = d->dv_hashtab.ht_array; todo > 0; ++hi) 3023 { 3024 if (!HASHITEM_EMPTY(hi)) 3025 { 3026 --todo; 3027 item_lock(&HI2DI(hi)->di_tv, deep - 1, lock); 3028 } 3029 } 3030 } 3031 } 3032 } 3033 --recurse; 3034 } 3035 3036 #if (defined(FEAT_MENU) && defined(FEAT_MULTI_LANG)) || defined(PROTO) 3037 /* 3038 * Delete all "menutrans_" variables. 3039 */ 3040 void 3041 del_menutrans_vars(void) 3042 { 3043 hashitem_T *hi; 3044 int todo; 3045 3046 hash_lock(&globvarht); 3047 todo = (int)globvarht.ht_used; 3048 for (hi = globvarht.ht_array; todo > 0 && !got_int; ++hi) 3049 { 3050 if (!HASHITEM_EMPTY(hi)) 3051 { 3052 --todo; 3053 if (STRNCMP(HI2DI(hi)->di_key, "menutrans_", 10) == 0) 3054 delete_var(&globvarht, hi); 3055 } 3056 } 3057 hash_unlock(&globvarht); 3058 } 3059 #endif 3060 3061 #if defined(FEAT_CMDL_COMPL) || defined(PROTO) 3062 3063 /* 3064 * Local string buffer for the next two functions to store a variable name 3065 * with its prefix. Allocated in cat_prefix_varname(), freed later in 3066 * get_user_var_name(). 3067 */ 3068 3069 static char_u *cat_prefix_varname(int prefix, char_u *name); 3070 3071 static char_u *varnamebuf = NULL; 3072 static int varnamebuflen = 0; 3073 3074 /* 3075 * Function to concatenate a prefix and a variable name. 3076 */ 3077 static char_u * 3078 cat_prefix_varname(int prefix, char_u *name) 3079 { 3080 int len; 3081 3082 len = (int)STRLEN(name) + 3; 3083 if (len > varnamebuflen) 3084 { 3085 vim_free(varnamebuf); 3086 len += 10; /* some additional space */ 3087 varnamebuf = alloc(len); 3088 if (varnamebuf == NULL) 3089 { 3090 varnamebuflen = 0; 3091 return NULL; 3092 } 3093 varnamebuflen = len; 3094 } 3095 *varnamebuf = prefix; 3096 varnamebuf[1] = ':'; 3097 STRCPY(varnamebuf + 2, name); 3098 return varnamebuf; 3099 } 3100 3101 /* 3102 * Function given to ExpandGeneric() to obtain the list of user defined 3103 * (global/buffer/window/built-in) variable names. 3104 */ 3105 char_u * 3106 get_user_var_name(expand_T *xp, int idx) 3107 { 3108 static long_u gdone; 3109 static long_u bdone; 3110 static long_u wdone; 3111 static long_u tdone; 3112 static int vidx; 3113 static hashitem_T *hi; 3114 hashtab_T *ht; 3115 3116 if (idx == 0) 3117 { 3118 gdone = bdone = wdone = vidx = 0; 3119 tdone = 0; 3120 } 3121 3122 /* Global variables */ 3123 if (gdone < globvarht.ht_used) 3124 { 3125 if (gdone++ == 0) 3126 hi = globvarht.ht_array; 3127 else 3128 ++hi; 3129 while (HASHITEM_EMPTY(hi)) 3130 ++hi; 3131 if (STRNCMP("g:", xp->xp_pattern, 2) == 0) 3132 return cat_prefix_varname('g', hi->hi_key); 3133 return hi->hi_key; 3134 } 3135 3136 /* b: variables */ 3137 ht = &curbuf->b_vars->dv_hashtab; 3138 if (bdone < ht->ht_used) 3139 { 3140 if (bdone++ == 0) 3141 hi = ht->ht_array; 3142 else 3143 ++hi; 3144 while (HASHITEM_EMPTY(hi)) 3145 ++hi; 3146 return cat_prefix_varname('b', hi->hi_key); 3147 } 3148 3149 /* w: variables */ 3150 ht = &curwin->w_vars->dv_hashtab; 3151 if (wdone < ht->ht_used) 3152 { 3153 if (wdone++ == 0) 3154 hi = ht->ht_array; 3155 else 3156 ++hi; 3157 while (HASHITEM_EMPTY(hi)) 3158 ++hi; 3159 return cat_prefix_varname('w', hi->hi_key); 3160 } 3161 3162 /* t: variables */ 3163 ht = &curtab->tp_vars->dv_hashtab; 3164 if (tdone < ht->ht_used) 3165 { 3166 if (tdone++ == 0) 3167 hi = ht->ht_array; 3168 else 3169 ++hi; 3170 while (HASHITEM_EMPTY(hi)) 3171 ++hi; 3172 return cat_prefix_varname('t', hi->hi_key); 3173 } 3174 3175 /* v: variables */ 3176 if (vidx < VV_LEN) 3177 return cat_prefix_varname('v', (char_u *)vimvars[vidx++].vv_name); 3178 3179 VIM_CLEAR(varnamebuf); 3180 varnamebuflen = 0; 3181 return NULL; 3182 } 3183 3184 #endif /* FEAT_CMDL_COMPL */ 3185 3186 /* 3187 * Return TRUE if "pat" matches "text". 3188 * Does not use 'cpo' and always uses 'magic'. 3189 */ 3190 static int 3191 pattern_match(char_u *pat, char_u *text, int ic) 3192 { 3193 int matches = FALSE; 3194 char_u *save_cpo; 3195 regmatch_T regmatch; 3196 3197 /* avoid 'l' flag in 'cpoptions' */ 3198 save_cpo = p_cpo; 3199 p_cpo = (char_u *)""; 3200 regmatch.regprog = vim_regcomp(pat, RE_MAGIC + RE_STRING); 3201 if (regmatch.regprog != NULL) 3202 { 3203 regmatch.rm_ic = ic; 3204 matches = vim_regexec_nl(®match, text, (colnr_T)0); 3205 vim_regfree(regmatch.regprog); 3206 } 3207 p_cpo = save_cpo; 3208 return matches; 3209 } 3210 3211 /* 3212 * The "evaluate" argument: When FALSE, the argument is only parsed but not 3213 * executed. The function may return OK, but the rettv will be of type 3214 * VAR_UNKNOWN. The function still returns FAIL for a syntax error. 3215 */ 3216 3217 /* 3218 * Handle zero level expression. 3219 * This calls eval1() and handles error message and nextcmd. 3220 * Put the result in "rettv" when returning OK and "evaluate" is TRUE. 3221 * Note: "rettv.v_lock" is not set. 3222 * Return OK or FAIL. 3223 */ 3224 int 3225 eval0( 3226 char_u *arg, 3227 typval_T *rettv, 3228 char_u **nextcmd, 3229 int evaluate) 3230 { 3231 int ret; 3232 char_u *p; 3233 3234 p = skipwhite(arg); 3235 ret = eval1(&p, rettv, evaluate); 3236 if (ret == FAIL || !ends_excmd(*p)) 3237 { 3238 if (ret != FAIL) 3239 clear_tv(rettv); 3240 /* 3241 * Report the invalid expression unless the expression evaluation has 3242 * been cancelled due to an aborting error, an interrupt, or an 3243 * exception. 3244 */ 3245 if (!aborting()) 3246 EMSG2(_(e_invexpr2), arg); 3247 ret = FAIL; 3248 } 3249 if (nextcmd != NULL) 3250 *nextcmd = check_nextcmd(p); 3251 3252 return ret; 3253 } 3254 3255 /* 3256 * Handle top level expression: 3257 * expr2 ? expr1 : expr1 3258 * 3259 * "arg" must point to the first non-white of the expression. 3260 * "arg" is advanced to the next non-white after the recognized expression. 3261 * 3262 * Note: "rettv.v_lock" is not set. 3263 * 3264 * Return OK or FAIL. 3265 */ 3266 int 3267 eval1(char_u **arg, typval_T *rettv, int evaluate) 3268 { 3269 int result; 3270 typval_T var2; 3271 3272 /* 3273 * Get the first variable. 3274 */ 3275 if (eval2(arg, rettv, evaluate) == FAIL) 3276 return FAIL; 3277 3278 if ((*arg)[0] == '?') 3279 { 3280 result = FALSE; 3281 if (evaluate) 3282 { 3283 int error = FALSE; 3284 3285 if (get_tv_number_chk(rettv, &error) != 0) 3286 result = TRUE; 3287 clear_tv(rettv); 3288 if (error) 3289 return FAIL; 3290 } 3291 3292 /* 3293 * Get the second variable. 3294 */ 3295 *arg = skipwhite(*arg + 1); 3296 if (eval1(arg, rettv, evaluate && result) == FAIL) /* recursive! */ 3297 return FAIL; 3298 3299 /* 3300 * Check for the ":". 3301 */ 3302 if ((*arg)[0] != ':') 3303 { 3304 EMSG(_("E109: Missing ':' after '?'")); 3305 if (evaluate && result) 3306 clear_tv(rettv); 3307 return FAIL; 3308 } 3309 3310 /* 3311 * Get the third variable. 3312 */ 3313 *arg = skipwhite(*arg + 1); 3314 if (eval1(arg, &var2, evaluate && !result) == FAIL) /* recursive! */ 3315 { 3316 if (evaluate && result) 3317 clear_tv(rettv); 3318 return FAIL; 3319 } 3320 if (evaluate && !result) 3321 *rettv = var2; 3322 } 3323 3324 return OK; 3325 } 3326 3327 /* 3328 * Handle first level expression: 3329 * expr2 || expr2 || expr2 logical OR 3330 * 3331 * "arg" must point to the first non-white of the expression. 3332 * "arg" is advanced to the next non-white after the recognized expression. 3333 * 3334 * Return OK or FAIL. 3335 */ 3336 static int 3337 eval2(char_u **arg, typval_T *rettv, int evaluate) 3338 { 3339 typval_T var2; 3340 long result; 3341 int first; 3342 int error = FALSE; 3343 3344 /* 3345 * Get the first variable. 3346 */ 3347 if (eval3(arg, rettv, evaluate) == FAIL) 3348 return FAIL; 3349 3350 /* 3351 * Repeat until there is no following "||". 3352 */ 3353 first = TRUE; 3354 result = FALSE; 3355 while ((*arg)[0] == '|' && (*arg)[1] == '|') 3356 { 3357 if (evaluate && first) 3358 { 3359 if (get_tv_number_chk(rettv, &error) != 0) 3360 result = TRUE; 3361 clear_tv(rettv); 3362 if (error) 3363 return FAIL; 3364 first = FALSE; 3365 } 3366 3367 /* 3368 * Get the second variable. 3369 */ 3370 *arg = skipwhite(*arg + 2); 3371 if (eval3(arg, &var2, evaluate && !result) == FAIL) 3372 return FAIL; 3373 3374 /* 3375 * Compute the result. 3376 */ 3377 if (evaluate && !result) 3378 { 3379 if (get_tv_number_chk(&var2, &error) != 0) 3380 result = TRUE; 3381 clear_tv(&var2); 3382 if (error) 3383 return FAIL; 3384 } 3385 if (evaluate) 3386 { 3387 rettv->v_type = VAR_NUMBER; 3388 rettv->vval.v_number = result; 3389 } 3390 } 3391 3392 return OK; 3393 } 3394 3395 /* 3396 * Handle second level expression: 3397 * expr3 && expr3 && expr3 logical AND 3398 * 3399 * "arg" must point to the first non-white of the expression. 3400 * "arg" is advanced to the next non-white after the recognized expression. 3401 * 3402 * Return OK or FAIL. 3403 */ 3404 static int 3405 eval3(char_u **arg, typval_T *rettv, int evaluate) 3406 { 3407 typval_T var2; 3408 long result; 3409 int first; 3410 int error = FALSE; 3411 3412 /* 3413 * Get the first variable. 3414 */ 3415 if (eval4(arg, rettv, evaluate) == FAIL) 3416 return FAIL; 3417 3418 /* 3419 * Repeat until there is no following "&&". 3420 */ 3421 first = TRUE; 3422 result = TRUE; 3423 while ((*arg)[0] == '&' && (*arg)[1] == '&') 3424 { 3425 if (evaluate && first) 3426 { 3427 if (get_tv_number_chk(rettv, &error) == 0) 3428 result = FALSE; 3429 clear_tv(rettv); 3430 if (error) 3431 return FAIL; 3432 first = FALSE; 3433 } 3434 3435 /* 3436 * Get the second variable. 3437 */ 3438 *arg = skipwhite(*arg + 2); 3439 if (eval4(arg, &var2, evaluate && result) == FAIL) 3440 return FAIL; 3441 3442 /* 3443 * Compute the result. 3444 */ 3445 if (evaluate && result) 3446 { 3447 if (get_tv_number_chk(&var2, &error) == 0) 3448 result = FALSE; 3449 clear_tv(&var2); 3450 if (error) 3451 return FAIL; 3452 } 3453 if (evaluate) 3454 { 3455 rettv->v_type = VAR_NUMBER; 3456 rettv->vval.v_number = result; 3457 } 3458 } 3459 3460 return OK; 3461 } 3462 3463 /* 3464 * Handle third level expression: 3465 * var1 == var2 3466 * var1 =~ var2 3467 * var1 != var2 3468 * var1 !~ var2 3469 * var1 > var2 3470 * var1 >= var2 3471 * var1 < var2 3472 * var1 <= var2 3473 * var1 is var2 3474 * var1 isnot var2 3475 * 3476 * "arg" must point to the first non-white of the expression. 3477 * "arg" is advanced to the next non-white after the recognized expression. 3478 * 3479 * Return OK or FAIL. 3480 */ 3481 static int 3482 eval4(char_u **arg, typval_T *rettv, int evaluate) 3483 { 3484 typval_T var2; 3485 char_u *p; 3486 int i; 3487 exptype_T type = TYPE_UNKNOWN; 3488 int type_is = FALSE; /* TRUE for "is" and "isnot" */ 3489 int len = 2; 3490 int ic; 3491 3492 /* 3493 * Get the first variable. 3494 */ 3495 if (eval5(arg, rettv, evaluate) == FAIL) 3496 return FAIL; 3497 3498 p = *arg; 3499 switch (p[0]) 3500 { 3501 case '=': if (p[1] == '=') 3502 type = TYPE_EQUAL; 3503 else if (p[1] == '~') 3504 type = TYPE_MATCH; 3505 break; 3506 case '!': if (p[1] == '=') 3507 type = TYPE_NEQUAL; 3508 else if (p[1] == '~') 3509 type = TYPE_NOMATCH; 3510 break; 3511 case '>': if (p[1] != '=') 3512 { 3513 type = TYPE_GREATER; 3514 len = 1; 3515 } 3516 else 3517 type = TYPE_GEQUAL; 3518 break; 3519 case '<': if (p[1] != '=') 3520 { 3521 type = TYPE_SMALLER; 3522 len = 1; 3523 } 3524 else 3525 type = TYPE_SEQUAL; 3526 break; 3527 case 'i': if (p[1] == 's') 3528 { 3529 if (p[2] == 'n' && p[3] == 'o' && p[4] == 't') 3530 len = 5; 3531 i = p[len]; 3532 if (!isalnum(i) && i != '_') 3533 { 3534 type = len == 2 ? TYPE_EQUAL : TYPE_NEQUAL; 3535 type_is = TRUE; 3536 } 3537 } 3538 break; 3539 } 3540 3541 /* 3542 * If there is a comparative operator, use it. 3543 */ 3544 if (type != TYPE_UNKNOWN) 3545 { 3546 /* extra question mark appended: ignore case */ 3547 if (p[len] == '?') 3548 { 3549 ic = TRUE; 3550 ++len; 3551 } 3552 /* extra '#' appended: match case */ 3553 else if (p[len] == '#') 3554 { 3555 ic = FALSE; 3556 ++len; 3557 } 3558 /* nothing appended: use 'ignorecase' */ 3559 else 3560 ic = p_ic; 3561 3562 /* 3563 * Get the second variable. 3564 */ 3565 *arg = skipwhite(p + len); 3566 if (eval5(arg, &var2, evaluate) == FAIL) 3567 { 3568 clear_tv(rettv); 3569 return FAIL; 3570 } 3571 if (evaluate) 3572 { 3573 int ret = typval_compare(rettv, &var2, type, type_is, ic); 3574 3575 clear_tv(&var2); 3576 return ret; 3577 } 3578 } 3579 3580 return OK; 3581 } 3582 3583 /* 3584 * Handle fourth level expression: 3585 * + number addition 3586 * - number subtraction 3587 * . string concatenation 3588 * 3589 * "arg" must point to the first non-white of the expression. 3590 * "arg" is advanced to the next non-white after the recognized expression. 3591 * 3592 * Return OK or FAIL. 3593 */ 3594 static int 3595 eval5(char_u **arg, typval_T *rettv, int evaluate) 3596 { 3597 typval_T var2; 3598 typval_T var3; 3599 int op; 3600 varnumber_T n1, n2; 3601 #ifdef FEAT_FLOAT 3602 float_T f1 = 0, f2 = 0; 3603 #endif 3604 char_u *s1, *s2; 3605 char_u buf1[NUMBUFLEN], buf2[NUMBUFLEN]; 3606 char_u *p; 3607 3608 /* 3609 * Get the first variable. 3610 */ 3611 if (eval6(arg, rettv, evaluate, FALSE) == FAIL) 3612 return FAIL; 3613 3614 /* 3615 * Repeat computing, until no '+', '-' or '.' is following. 3616 */ 3617 for (;;) 3618 { 3619 op = **arg; 3620 if (op != '+' && op != '-' && op != '.') 3621 break; 3622 3623 if ((op != '+' || rettv->v_type != VAR_LIST) 3624 #ifdef FEAT_FLOAT 3625 && (op == '.' || rettv->v_type != VAR_FLOAT) 3626 #endif 3627 ) 3628 { 3629 /* For "list + ...", an illegal use of the first operand as 3630 * a number cannot be determined before evaluating the 2nd 3631 * operand: if this is also a list, all is ok. 3632 * For "something . ...", "something - ..." or "non-list + ...", 3633 * we know that the first operand needs to be a string or number 3634 * without evaluating the 2nd operand. So check before to avoid 3635 * side effects after an error. */ 3636 if (evaluate && get_tv_string_chk(rettv) == NULL) 3637 { 3638 clear_tv(rettv); 3639 return FAIL; 3640 } 3641 } 3642 3643 /* 3644 * Get the second variable. 3645 */ 3646 *arg = skipwhite(*arg + 1); 3647 if (eval6(arg, &var2, evaluate, op == '.') == FAIL) 3648 { 3649 clear_tv(rettv); 3650 return FAIL; 3651 } 3652 3653 if (evaluate) 3654 { 3655 /* 3656 * Compute the result. 3657 */ 3658 if (op == '.') 3659 { 3660 s1 = get_tv_string_buf(rettv, buf1); /* already checked */ 3661 s2 = get_tv_string_buf_chk(&var2, buf2); 3662 if (s2 == NULL) /* type error ? */ 3663 { 3664 clear_tv(rettv); 3665 clear_tv(&var2); 3666 return FAIL; 3667 } 3668 p = concat_str(s1, s2); 3669 clear_tv(rettv); 3670 rettv->v_type = VAR_STRING; 3671 rettv->vval.v_string = p; 3672 } 3673 else if (op == '+' && rettv->v_type == VAR_LIST 3674 && var2.v_type == VAR_LIST) 3675 { 3676 /* concatenate Lists */ 3677 if (list_concat(rettv->vval.v_list, var2.vval.v_list, 3678 &var3) == FAIL) 3679 { 3680 clear_tv(rettv); 3681 clear_tv(&var2); 3682 return FAIL; 3683 } 3684 clear_tv(rettv); 3685 *rettv = var3; 3686 } 3687 else 3688 { 3689 int error = FALSE; 3690 3691 #ifdef FEAT_FLOAT 3692 if (rettv->v_type == VAR_FLOAT) 3693 { 3694 f1 = rettv->vval.v_float; 3695 n1 = 0; 3696 } 3697 else 3698 #endif 3699 { 3700 n1 = get_tv_number_chk(rettv, &error); 3701 if (error) 3702 { 3703 /* This can only happen for "list + non-list". For 3704 * "non-list + ..." or "something - ...", we returned 3705 * before evaluating the 2nd operand. */ 3706 clear_tv(rettv); 3707 return FAIL; 3708 } 3709 #ifdef FEAT_FLOAT 3710 if (var2.v_type == VAR_FLOAT) 3711 f1 = n1; 3712 #endif 3713 } 3714 #ifdef FEAT_FLOAT 3715 if (var2.v_type == VAR_FLOAT) 3716 { 3717 f2 = var2.vval.v_float; 3718 n2 = 0; 3719 } 3720 else 3721 #endif 3722 { 3723 n2 = get_tv_number_chk(&var2, &error); 3724 if (error) 3725 { 3726 clear_tv(rettv); 3727 clear_tv(&var2); 3728 return FAIL; 3729 } 3730 #ifdef FEAT_FLOAT 3731 if (rettv->v_type == VAR_FLOAT) 3732 f2 = n2; 3733 #endif 3734 } 3735 clear_tv(rettv); 3736 3737 #ifdef FEAT_FLOAT 3738 /* If there is a float on either side the result is a float. */ 3739 if (rettv->v_type == VAR_FLOAT || var2.v_type == VAR_FLOAT) 3740 { 3741 if (op == '+') 3742 f1 = f1 + f2; 3743 else 3744 f1 = f1 - f2; 3745 rettv->v_type = VAR_FLOAT; 3746 rettv->vval.v_float = f1; 3747 } 3748 else 3749 #endif 3750 { 3751 if (op == '+') 3752 n1 = n1 + n2; 3753 else 3754 n1 = n1 - n2; 3755 rettv->v_type = VAR_NUMBER; 3756 rettv->vval.v_number = n1; 3757 } 3758 } 3759 clear_tv(&var2); 3760 } 3761 } 3762 return OK; 3763 } 3764 3765 /* 3766 * Handle fifth level expression: 3767 * * number multiplication 3768 * / number division 3769 * % number modulo 3770 * 3771 * "arg" must point to the first non-white of the expression. 3772 * "arg" is advanced to the next non-white after the recognized expression. 3773 * 3774 * Return OK or FAIL. 3775 */ 3776 static int 3777 eval6( 3778 char_u **arg, 3779 typval_T *rettv, 3780 int evaluate, 3781 int want_string) /* after "." operator */ 3782 { 3783 typval_T var2; 3784 int op; 3785 varnumber_T n1, n2; 3786 #ifdef FEAT_FLOAT 3787 int use_float = FALSE; 3788 float_T f1 = 0, f2; 3789 #endif 3790 int error = FALSE; 3791 3792 /* 3793 * Get the first variable. 3794 */ 3795 if (eval7(arg, rettv, evaluate, want_string) == FAIL) 3796 return FAIL; 3797 3798 /* 3799 * Repeat computing, until no '*', '/' or '%' is following. 3800 */ 3801 for (;;) 3802 { 3803 op = **arg; 3804 if (op != '*' && op != '/' && op != '%') 3805 break; 3806 3807 if (evaluate) 3808 { 3809 #ifdef FEAT_FLOAT 3810 if (rettv->v_type == VAR_FLOAT) 3811 { 3812 f1 = rettv->vval.v_float; 3813 use_float = TRUE; 3814 n1 = 0; 3815 } 3816 else 3817 #endif 3818 n1 = get_tv_number_chk(rettv, &error); 3819 clear_tv(rettv); 3820 if (error) 3821 return FAIL; 3822 } 3823 else 3824 n1 = 0; 3825 3826 /* 3827 * Get the second variable. 3828 */ 3829 *arg = skipwhite(*arg + 1); 3830 if (eval7(arg, &var2, evaluate, FALSE) == FAIL) 3831 return FAIL; 3832 3833 if (evaluate) 3834 { 3835 #ifdef FEAT_FLOAT 3836 if (var2.v_type == VAR_FLOAT) 3837 { 3838 if (!use_float) 3839 { 3840 f1 = n1; 3841 use_float = TRUE; 3842 } 3843 f2 = var2.vval.v_float; 3844 n2 = 0; 3845 } 3846 else 3847 #endif 3848 { 3849 n2 = get_tv_number_chk(&var2, &error); 3850 clear_tv(&var2); 3851 if (error) 3852 return FAIL; 3853 #ifdef FEAT_FLOAT 3854 if (use_float) 3855 f2 = n2; 3856 #endif 3857 } 3858 3859 /* 3860 * Compute the result. 3861 * When either side is a float the result is a float. 3862 */ 3863 #ifdef FEAT_FLOAT 3864 if (use_float) 3865 { 3866 if (op == '*') 3867 f1 = f1 * f2; 3868 else if (op == '/') 3869 { 3870 # ifdef VMS 3871 /* VMS crashes on divide by zero, work around it */ 3872 if (f2 == 0.0) 3873 { 3874 if (f1 == 0) 3875 f1 = -1 * __F_FLT_MAX - 1L; /* similar to NaN */ 3876 else if (f1 < 0) 3877 f1 = -1 * __F_FLT_MAX; 3878 else 3879 f1 = __F_FLT_MAX; 3880 } 3881 else 3882 f1 = f1 / f2; 3883 # else 3884 /* We rely on the floating point library to handle divide 3885 * by zero to result in "inf" and not a crash. */ 3886 f1 = f1 / f2; 3887 # endif 3888 } 3889 else 3890 { 3891 EMSG(_("E804: Cannot use '%' with Float")); 3892 return FAIL; 3893 } 3894 rettv->v_type = VAR_FLOAT; 3895 rettv->vval.v_float = f1; 3896 } 3897 else 3898 #endif 3899 { 3900 if (op == '*') 3901 n1 = n1 * n2; 3902 else if (op == '/') 3903 { 3904 if (n2 == 0) /* give an error message? */ 3905 { 3906 if (n1 == 0) 3907 n1 = VARNUM_MIN; /* similar to NaN */ 3908 else if (n1 < 0) 3909 n1 = -VARNUM_MAX; 3910 else 3911 n1 = VARNUM_MAX; 3912 } 3913 else 3914 n1 = n1 / n2; 3915 } 3916 else 3917 { 3918 if (n2 == 0) /* give an error message? */ 3919 n1 = 0; 3920 else 3921 n1 = n1 % n2; 3922 } 3923 rettv->v_type = VAR_NUMBER; 3924 rettv->vval.v_number = n1; 3925 } 3926 } 3927 } 3928 3929 return OK; 3930 } 3931 3932 /* 3933 * Handle sixth level expression: 3934 * number number constant 3935 * "string" string constant 3936 * 'string' literal string constant 3937 * &option-name option value 3938 * @r register contents 3939 * identifier variable value 3940 * function() function call 3941 * $VAR environment variable 3942 * (expression) nested expression 3943 * [expr, expr] List 3944 * {key: val, key: val} Dictionary 3945 * 3946 * Also handle: 3947 * ! in front logical NOT 3948 * - in front unary minus 3949 * + in front unary plus (ignored) 3950 * trailing [] subscript in String or List 3951 * trailing .name entry in Dictionary 3952 * 3953 * "arg" must point to the first non-white of the expression. 3954 * "arg" is advanced to the next non-white after the recognized expression. 3955 * 3956 * Return OK or FAIL. 3957 */ 3958 static int 3959 eval7( 3960 char_u **arg, 3961 typval_T *rettv, 3962 int evaluate, 3963 int want_string UNUSED) /* after "." operator */ 3964 { 3965 varnumber_T n; 3966 int len; 3967 char_u *s; 3968 char_u *start_leader, *end_leader; 3969 int ret = OK; 3970 char_u *alias; 3971 3972 /* 3973 * Initialise variable so that clear_tv() can't mistake this for a 3974 * string and free a string that isn't there. 3975 */ 3976 rettv->v_type = VAR_UNKNOWN; 3977 3978 /* 3979 * Skip '!', '-' and '+' characters. They are handled later. 3980 */ 3981 start_leader = *arg; 3982 while (**arg == '!' || **arg == '-' || **arg == '+') 3983 *arg = skipwhite(*arg + 1); 3984 end_leader = *arg; 3985 3986 switch (**arg) 3987 { 3988 /* 3989 * Number constant. 3990 */ 3991 case '0': 3992 case '1': 3993 case '2': 3994 case '3': 3995 case '4': 3996 case '5': 3997 case '6': 3998 case '7': 3999 case '8': 4000 case '9': 4001 { 4002 #ifdef FEAT_FLOAT 4003 char_u *p = skipdigits(*arg + 1); 4004 int get_float = FALSE; 4005 4006 /* We accept a float when the format matches 4007 * "[0-9]\+\.[0-9]\+\([eE][+-]\?[0-9]\+\)\?". This is very 4008 * strict to avoid backwards compatibility problems. 4009 * Don't look for a float after the "." operator, so that 4010 * ":let vers = 1.2.3" doesn't fail. */ 4011 if (!want_string && p[0] == '.' && vim_isdigit(p[1])) 4012 { 4013 get_float = TRUE; 4014 p = skipdigits(p + 2); 4015 if (*p == 'e' || *p == 'E') 4016 { 4017 ++p; 4018 if (*p == '-' || *p == '+') 4019 ++p; 4020 if (!vim_isdigit(*p)) 4021 get_float = FALSE; 4022 else 4023 p = skipdigits(p + 1); 4024 } 4025 if (ASCII_ISALPHA(*p) || *p == '.') 4026 get_float = FALSE; 4027 } 4028 if (get_float) 4029 { 4030 float_T f; 4031 4032 *arg += string2float(*arg, &f); 4033 if (evaluate) 4034 { 4035 rettv->v_type = VAR_FLOAT; 4036 rettv->vval.v_float = f; 4037 } 4038 } 4039 else 4040 #endif 4041 { 4042 vim_str2nr(*arg, NULL, &len, STR2NR_ALL, &n, NULL, 0); 4043 *arg += len; 4044 if (evaluate) 4045 { 4046 rettv->v_type = VAR_NUMBER; 4047 rettv->vval.v_number = n; 4048 } 4049 } 4050 break; 4051 } 4052 4053 /* 4054 * String constant: "string". 4055 */ 4056 case '"': ret = get_string_tv(arg, rettv, evaluate); 4057 break; 4058 4059 /* 4060 * Literal string constant: 'str''ing'. 4061 */ 4062 case '\'': ret = get_lit_string_tv(arg, rettv, evaluate); 4063 break; 4064 4065 /* 4066 * List: [expr, expr] 4067 */ 4068 case '[': ret = get_list_tv(arg, rettv, evaluate); 4069 break; 4070 4071 /* 4072 * Lambda: {arg, arg -> expr} 4073 * Dictionary: {key: val, key: val} 4074 */ 4075 case '{': ret = get_lambda_tv(arg, rettv, evaluate); 4076 if (ret == NOTDONE) 4077 ret = get_dict_tv(arg, rettv, evaluate); 4078 break; 4079 4080 /* 4081 * Option value: &name 4082 */ 4083 case '&': ret = get_option_tv(arg, rettv, evaluate); 4084 break; 4085 4086 /* 4087 * Environment variable: $VAR. 4088 */ 4089 case '$': ret = get_env_tv(arg, rettv, evaluate); 4090 break; 4091 4092 /* 4093 * Register contents: @r. 4094 */ 4095 case '@': ++*arg; 4096 if (evaluate) 4097 { 4098 rettv->v_type = VAR_STRING; 4099 rettv->vval.v_string = get_reg_contents(**arg, 4100 GREG_EXPR_SRC); 4101 } 4102 if (**arg != NUL) 4103 ++*arg; 4104 break; 4105 4106 /* 4107 * nested expression: (expression). 4108 */ 4109 case '(': *arg = skipwhite(*arg + 1); 4110 ret = eval1(arg, rettv, evaluate); /* recursive! */ 4111 if (**arg == ')') 4112 ++*arg; 4113 else if (ret == OK) 4114 { 4115 EMSG(_("E110: Missing ')'")); 4116 clear_tv(rettv); 4117 ret = FAIL; 4118 } 4119 break; 4120 4121 default: ret = NOTDONE; 4122 break; 4123 } 4124 4125 if (ret == NOTDONE) 4126 { 4127 /* 4128 * Must be a variable or function name. 4129 * Can also be a curly-braces kind of name: {expr}. 4130 */ 4131 s = *arg; 4132 len = get_name_len(arg, &alias, evaluate, TRUE); 4133 if (alias != NULL) 4134 s = alias; 4135 4136 if (len <= 0) 4137 ret = FAIL; 4138 else 4139 { 4140 if (**arg == '(') /* recursive! */ 4141 { 4142 partial_T *partial; 4143 4144 if (!evaluate) 4145 check_vars(s, len); 4146 4147 /* If "s" is the name of a variable of type VAR_FUNC 4148 * use its contents. */ 4149 s = deref_func_name(s, &len, &partial, !evaluate); 4150 4151 /* Need to make a copy, in case evaluating the arguments makes 4152 * the name invalid. */ 4153 s = vim_strsave(s); 4154 if (s == NULL) 4155 ret = FAIL; 4156 else 4157 /* Invoke the function. */ 4158 ret = get_func_tv(s, len, rettv, arg, 4159 curwin->w_cursor.lnum, curwin->w_cursor.lnum, 4160 &len, evaluate, partial, NULL); 4161 vim_free(s); 4162 4163 /* If evaluate is FALSE rettv->v_type was not set in 4164 * get_func_tv, but it's needed in handle_subscript() to parse 4165 * what follows. So set it here. */ 4166 if (rettv->v_type == VAR_UNKNOWN && !evaluate && **arg == '(') 4167 { 4168 rettv->vval.v_string = NULL; 4169 rettv->v_type = VAR_FUNC; 4170 } 4171 4172 /* Stop the expression evaluation when immediately 4173 * aborting on error, or when an interrupt occurred or 4174 * an exception was thrown but not caught. */ 4175 if (aborting()) 4176 { 4177 if (ret == OK) 4178 clear_tv(rettv); 4179 ret = FAIL; 4180 } 4181 } 4182 else if (evaluate) 4183 ret = get_var_tv(s, len, rettv, NULL, TRUE, FALSE); 4184 else 4185 { 4186 check_vars(s, len); 4187 ret = OK; 4188 } 4189 } 4190 vim_free(alias); 4191 } 4192 4193 *arg = skipwhite(*arg); 4194 4195 /* Handle following '[', '(' and '.' for expr[expr], expr.name, 4196 * expr(expr). */ 4197 if (ret == OK) 4198 ret = handle_subscript(arg, rettv, evaluate, TRUE); 4199 4200 /* 4201 * Apply logical NOT and unary '-', from right to left, ignore '+'. 4202 */ 4203 if (ret == OK && evaluate && end_leader > start_leader) 4204 { 4205 int error = FALSE; 4206 varnumber_T val = 0; 4207 #ifdef FEAT_FLOAT 4208 float_T f = 0.0; 4209 4210 if (rettv->v_type == VAR_FLOAT) 4211 f = rettv->vval.v_float; 4212 else 4213 #endif 4214 val = get_tv_number_chk(rettv, &error); 4215 if (error) 4216 { 4217 clear_tv(rettv); 4218 ret = FAIL; 4219 } 4220 else 4221 { 4222 while (end_leader > start_leader) 4223 { 4224 --end_leader; 4225 if (*end_leader == '!') 4226 { 4227 #ifdef FEAT_FLOAT 4228 if (rettv->v_type == VAR_FLOAT) 4229 f = !f; 4230 else 4231 #endif 4232 val = !val; 4233 } 4234 else if (*end_leader == '-') 4235 { 4236 #ifdef FEAT_FLOAT 4237 if (rettv->v_type == VAR_FLOAT) 4238 f = -f; 4239 else 4240 #endif 4241 val = -val; 4242 } 4243 } 4244 #ifdef FEAT_FLOAT 4245 if (rettv->v_type == VAR_FLOAT) 4246 { 4247 clear_tv(rettv); 4248 rettv->vval.v_float = f; 4249 } 4250 else 4251 #endif 4252 { 4253 clear_tv(rettv); 4254 rettv->v_type = VAR_NUMBER; 4255 rettv->vval.v_number = val; 4256 } 4257 } 4258 } 4259 4260 return ret; 4261 } 4262 4263 /* 4264 * Evaluate an "[expr]" or "[expr:expr]" index. Also "dict.key". 4265 * "*arg" points to the '[' or '.'. 4266 * Returns FAIL or OK. "*arg" is advanced to after the ']'. 4267 */ 4268 static int 4269 eval_index( 4270 char_u **arg, 4271 typval_T *rettv, 4272 int evaluate, 4273 int verbose) /* give error messages */ 4274 { 4275 int empty1 = FALSE, empty2 = FALSE; 4276 typval_T var1, var2; 4277 long n1, n2 = 0; 4278 long len = -1; 4279 int range = FALSE; 4280 char_u *s; 4281 char_u *key = NULL; 4282 4283 switch (rettv->v_type) 4284 { 4285 case VAR_FUNC: 4286 case VAR_PARTIAL: 4287 if (verbose) 4288 EMSG(_("E695: Cannot index a Funcref")); 4289 return FAIL; 4290 case VAR_FLOAT: 4291 #ifdef FEAT_FLOAT 4292 if (verbose) 4293 EMSG(_(e_float_as_string)); 4294 return FAIL; 4295 #endif 4296 case VAR_SPECIAL: 4297 case VAR_JOB: 4298 case VAR_CHANNEL: 4299 if (verbose) 4300 EMSG(_("E909: Cannot index a special variable")); 4301 return FAIL; 4302 case VAR_UNKNOWN: 4303 if (evaluate) 4304 return FAIL; 4305 /* FALLTHROUGH */ 4306 4307 case VAR_STRING: 4308 case VAR_NUMBER: 4309 case VAR_LIST: 4310 case VAR_DICT: 4311 break; 4312 } 4313 4314 init_tv(&var1); 4315 init_tv(&var2); 4316 if (**arg == '.') 4317 { 4318 /* 4319 * dict.name 4320 */ 4321 key = *arg + 1; 4322 for (len = 0; ASCII_ISALNUM(key[len]) || key[len] == '_'; ++len) 4323 ; 4324 if (len == 0) 4325 return FAIL; 4326 *arg = skipwhite(key + len); 4327 } 4328 else 4329 { 4330 /* 4331 * something[idx] 4332 * 4333 * Get the (first) variable from inside the []. 4334 */ 4335 *arg = skipwhite(*arg + 1); 4336 if (**arg == ':') 4337 empty1 = TRUE; 4338 else if (eval1(arg, &var1, evaluate) == FAIL) /* recursive! */ 4339 return FAIL; 4340 else if (evaluate && get_tv_string_chk(&var1) == NULL) 4341 { 4342 /* not a number or string */ 4343 clear_tv(&var1); 4344 return FAIL; 4345 } 4346 4347 /* 4348 * Get the second variable from inside the [:]. 4349 */ 4350 if (**arg == ':') 4351 { 4352 range = TRUE; 4353 *arg = skipwhite(*arg + 1); 4354 if (**arg == ']') 4355 empty2 = TRUE; 4356 else if (eval1(arg, &var2, evaluate) == FAIL) /* recursive! */ 4357 { 4358 if (!empty1) 4359 clear_tv(&var1); 4360 return FAIL; 4361 } 4362 else if (evaluate && get_tv_string_chk(&var2) == NULL) 4363 { 4364 /* not a number or string */ 4365 if (!empty1) 4366 clear_tv(&var1); 4367 clear_tv(&var2); 4368 return FAIL; 4369 } 4370 } 4371 4372 /* Check for the ']'. */ 4373 if (**arg != ']') 4374 { 4375 if (verbose) 4376 EMSG(_(e_missbrac)); 4377 clear_tv(&var1); 4378 if (range) 4379 clear_tv(&var2); 4380 return FAIL; 4381 } 4382 *arg = skipwhite(*arg + 1); /* skip the ']' */ 4383 } 4384 4385 if (evaluate) 4386 { 4387 n1 = 0; 4388 if (!empty1 && rettv->v_type != VAR_DICT) 4389 { 4390 n1 = get_tv_number(&var1); 4391 clear_tv(&var1); 4392 } 4393 if (range) 4394 { 4395 if (empty2) 4396 n2 = -1; 4397 else 4398 { 4399 n2 = get_tv_number(&var2); 4400 clear_tv(&var2); 4401 } 4402 } 4403 4404 switch (rettv->v_type) 4405 { 4406 case VAR_UNKNOWN: 4407 case VAR_FUNC: 4408 case VAR_PARTIAL: 4409 case VAR_FLOAT: 4410 case VAR_SPECIAL: 4411 case VAR_JOB: 4412 case VAR_CHANNEL: 4413 break; /* not evaluating, skipping over subscript */ 4414 4415 case VAR_NUMBER: 4416 case VAR_STRING: 4417 s = get_tv_string(rettv); 4418 len = (long)STRLEN(s); 4419 if (range) 4420 { 4421 /* The resulting variable is a substring. If the indexes 4422 * are out of range the result is empty. */ 4423 if (n1 < 0) 4424 { 4425 n1 = len + n1; 4426 if (n1 < 0) 4427 n1 = 0; 4428 } 4429 if (n2 < 0) 4430 n2 = len + n2; 4431 else if (n2 >= len) 4432 n2 = len; 4433 if (n1 >= len || n2 < 0 || n1 > n2) 4434 s = NULL; 4435 else 4436 s = vim_strnsave(s + n1, (int)(n2 - n1 + 1)); 4437 } 4438 else 4439 { 4440 /* The resulting variable is a string of a single 4441 * character. If the index is too big or negative the 4442 * result is empty. */ 4443 if (n1 >= len || n1 < 0) 4444 s = NULL; 4445 else 4446 s = vim_strnsave(s + n1, 1); 4447 } 4448 clear_tv(rettv); 4449 rettv->v_type = VAR_STRING; 4450 rettv->vval.v_string = s; 4451 break; 4452 4453 case VAR_LIST: 4454 len = list_len(rettv->vval.v_list); 4455 if (n1 < 0) 4456 n1 = len + n1; 4457 if (!empty1 && (n1 < 0 || n1 >= len)) 4458 { 4459 /* For a range we allow invalid values and return an empty 4460 * list. A list index out of range is an error. */ 4461 if (!range) 4462 { 4463 if (verbose) 4464 EMSGN(_(e_listidx), n1); 4465 return FAIL; 4466 } 4467 n1 = len; 4468 } 4469 if (range) 4470 { 4471 list_T *l; 4472 listitem_T *item; 4473 4474 if (n2 < 0) 4475 n2 = len + n2; 4476 else if (n2 >= len) 4477 n2 = len - 1; 4478 if (!empty2 && (n2 < 0 || n2 + 1 < n1)) 4479 n2 = -1; 4480 l = list_alloc(); 4481 if (l == NULL) 4482 return FAIL; 4483 for (item = list_find(rettv->vval.v_list, n1); 4484 n1 <= n2; ++n1) 4485 { 4486 if (list_append_tv(l, &item->li_tv) == FAIL) 4487 { 4488 list_free(l); 4489 return FAIL; 4490 } 4491 item = item->li_next; 4492 } 4493 clear_tv(rettv); 4494 rettv_list_set(rettv, l); 4495 } 4496 else 4497 { 4498 copy_tv(&list_find(rettv->vval.v_list, n1)->li_tv, &var1); 4499 clear_tv(rettv); 4500 *rettv = var1; 4501 } 4502 break; 4503 4504 case VAR_DICT: 4505 if (range) 4506 { 4507 if (verbose) 4508 EMSG(_(e_dictrange)); 4509 if (len == -1) 4510 clear_tv(&var1); 4511 return FAIL; 4512 } 4513 { 4514 dictitem_T *item; 4515 4516 if (len == -1) 4517 { 4518 key = get_tv_string_chk(&var1); 4519 if (key == NULL) 4520 { 4521 clear_tv(&var1); 4522 return FAIL; 4523 } 4524 } 4525 4526 item = dict_find(rettv->vval.v_dict, key, (int)len); 4527 4528 if (item == NULL && verbose) 4529 EMSG2(_(e_dictkey), key); 4530 if (len == -1) 4531 clear_tv(&var1); 4532 if (item == NULL) 4533 return FAIL; 4534 4535 copy_tv(&item->di_tv, &var1); 4536 clear_tv(rettv); 4537 *rettv = var1; 4538 } 4539 break; 4540 } 4541 } 4542 4543 return OK; 4544 } 4545 4546 /* 4547 * Get an option value. 4548 * "arg" points to the '&' or '+' before the option name. 4549 * "arg" is advanced to character after the option name. 4550 * Return OK or FAIL. 4551 */ 4552 int 4553 get_option_tv( 4554 char_u **arg, 4555 typval_T *rettv, /* when NULL, only check if option exists */ 4556 int evaluate) 4557 { 4558 char_u *option_end; 4559 long numval; 4560 char_u *stringval; 4561 int opt_type; 4562 int c; 4563 int working = (**arg == '+'); /* has("+option") */ 4564 int ret = OK; 4565 int opt_flags; 4566 4567 /* 4568 * Isolate the option name and find its value. 4569 */ 4570 option_end = find_option_end(arg, &opt_flags); 4571 if (option_end == NULL) 4572 { 4573 if (rettv != NULL) 4574 EMSG2(_("E112: Option name missing: %s"), *arg); 4575 return FAIL; 4576 } 4577 4578 if (!evaluate) 4579 { 4580 *arg = option_end; 4581 return OK; 4582 } 4583 4584 c = *option_end; 4585 *option_end = NUL; 4586 opt_type = get_option_value(*arg, &numval, 4587 rettv == NULL ? NULL : &stringval, opt_flags); 4588 4589 if (opt_type == -3) /* invalid name */ 4590 { 4591 if (rettv != NULL) 4592 EMSG2(_("E113: Unknown option: %s"), *arg); 4593 ret = FAIL; 4594 } 4595 else if (rettv != NULL) 4596 { 4597 if (opt_type == -2) /* hidden string option */ 4598 { 4599 rettv->v_type = VAR_STRING; 4600 rettv->vval.v_string = NULL; 4601 } 4602 else if (opt_type == -1) /* hidden number option */ 4603 { 4604 rettv->v_type = VAR_NUMBER; 4605 rettv->vval.v_number = 0; 4606 } 4607 else if (opt_type == 1) /* number option */ 4608 { 4609 rettv->v_type = VAR_NUMBER; 4610 rettv->vval.v_number = numval; 4611 } 4612 else /* string option */ 4613 { 4614 rettv->v_type = VAR_STRING; 4615 rettv->vval.v_string = stringval; 4616 } 4617 } 4618 else if (working && (opt_type == -2 || opt_type == -1)) 4619 ret = FAIL; 4620 4621 *option_end = c; /* put back for error messages */ 4622 *arg = option_end; 4623 4624 return ret; 4625 } 4626 4627 /* 4628 * Allocate a variable for a string constant. 4629 * Return OK or FAIL. 4630 */ 4631 static int 4632 get_string_tv(char_u **arg, typval_T *rettv, int evaluate) 4633 { 4634 char_u *p; 4635 char_u *name; 4636 int extra = 0; 4637 4638 /* 4639 * Find the end of the string, skipping backslashed characters. 4640 */ 4641 for (p = *arg + 1; *p != NUL && *p != '"'; MB_PTR_ADV(p)) 4642 { 4643 if (*p == '\\' && p[1] != NUL) 4644 { 4645 ++p; 4646 /* A "\<x>" form occupies at least 4 characters, and produces up 4647 * to 6 characters: reserve space for 2 extra */ 4648 if (*p == '<') 4649 extra += 2; 4650 } 4651 } 4652 4653 if (*p != '"') 4654 { 4655 EMSG2(_("E114: Missing quote: %s"), *arg); 4656 return FAIL; 4657 } 4658 4659 /* If only parsing, set *arg and return here */ 4660 if (!evaluate) 4661 { 4662 *arg = p + 1; 4663 return OK; 4664 } 4665 4666 /* 4667 * Copy the string into allocated memory, handling backslashed 4668 * characters. 4669 */ 4670 name = alloc((unsigned)(p - *arg + extra)); 4671 if (name == NULL) 4672 return FAIL; 4673 rettv->v_type = VAR_STRING; 4674 rettv->vval.v_string = name; 4675 4676 for (p = *arg + 1; *p != NUL && *p != '"'; ) 4677 { 4678 if (*p == '\\') 4679 { 4680 switch (*++p) 4681 { 4682 case 'b': *name++ = BS; ++p; break; 4683 case 'e': *name++ = ESC; ++p; break; 4684 case 'f': *name++ = FF; ++p; break; 4685 case 'n': *name++ = NL; ++p; break; 4686 case 'r': *name++ = CAR; ++p; break; 4687 case 't': *name++ = TAB; ++p; break; 4688 4689 case 'X': /* hex: "\x1", "\x12" */ 4690 case 'x': 4691 case 'u': /* Unicode: "\u0023" */ 4692 case 'U': 4693 if (vim_isxdigit(p[1])) 4694 { 4695 int n, nr; 4696 int c = toupper(*p); 4697 4698 if (c == 'X') 4699 n = 2; 4700 else if (*p == 'u') 4701 n = 4; 4702 else 4703 n = 8; 4704 nr = 0; 4705 while (--n >= 0 && vim_isxdigit(p[1])) 4706 { 4707 ++p; 4708 nr = (nr << 4) + hex2nr(*p); 4709 } 4710 ++p; 4711 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 4712 /* For "\u" store the number according to 4713 * 'encoding'. */ 4714 if (c != 'X') 4715 name += (*mb_char2bytes)(nr, name); 4716 else 4717 #endif 4718 *name++ = nr; 4719 } 4720 break; 4721 4722 /* octal: "\1", "\12", "\123" */ 4723 case '0': 4724 case '1': 4725 case '2': 4726 case '3': 4727 case '4': 4728 case '5': 4729 case '6': 4730 case '7': *name = *p++ - '0'; 4731 if (*p >= '0' && *p <= '7') 4732 { 4733 *name = (*name << 3) + *p++ - '0'; 4734 if (*p >= '0' && *p <= '7') 4735 *name = (*name << 3) + *p++ - '0'; 4736 } 4737 ++name; 4738 break; 4739 4740 /* Special key, e.g.: "\<C-W>" */ 4741 case '<': extra = trans_special(&p, name, TRUE, TRUE); 4742 if (extra != 0) 4743 { 4744 name += extra; 4745 break; 4746 } 4747 /* FALLTHROUGH */ 4748 4749 default: MB_COPY_CHAR(p, name); 4750 break; 4751 } 4752 } 4753 else 4754 MB_COPY_CHAR(p, name); 4755 4756 } 4757 *name = NUL; 4758 if (*p != NUL) /* just in case */ 4759 ++p; 4760 *arg = p; 4761 4762 return OK; 4763 } 4764 4765 /* 4766 * Allocate a variable for a 'str''ing' constant. 4767 * Return OK or FAIL. 4768 */ 4769 static int 4770 get_lit_string_tv(char_u **arg, typval_T *rettv, int evaluate) 4771 { 4772 char_u *p; 4773 char_u *str; 4774 int reduce = 0; 4775 4776 /* 4777 * Find the end of the string, skipping ''. 4778 */ 4779 for (p = *arg + 1; *p != NUL; MB_PTR_ADV(p)) 4780 { 4781 if (*p == '\'') 4782 { 4783 if (p[1] != '\'') 4784 break; 4785 ++reduce; 4786 ++p; 4787 } 4788 } 4789 4790 if (*p != '\'') 4791 { 4792 EMSG2(_("E115: Missing quote: %s"), *arg); 4793 return FAIL; 4794 } 4795 4796 /* If only parsing return after setting "*arg" */ 4797 if (!evaluate) 4798 { 4799 *arg = p + 1; 4800 return OK; 4801 } 4802 4803 /* 4804 * Copy the string into allocated memory, handling '' to ' reduction. 4805 */ 4806 str = alloc((unsigned)((p - *arg) - reduce)); 4807 if (str == NULL) 4808 return FAIL; 4809 rettv->v_type = VAR_STRING; 4810 rettv->vval.v_string = str; 4811 4812 for (p = *arg + 1; *p != NUL; ) 4813 { 4814 if (*p == '\'') 4815 { 4816 if (p[1] != '\'') 4817 break; 4818 ++p; 4819 } 4820 MB_COPY_CHAR(p, str); 4821 } 4822 *str = NUL; 4823 *arg = p + 1; 4824 4825 return OK; 4826 } 4827 4828 /* 4829 * Return the function name of the partial. 4830 */ 4831 char_u * 4832 partial_name(partial_T *pt) 4833 { 4834 if (pt->pt_name != NULL) 4835 return pt->pt_name; 4836 return pt->pt_func->uf_name; 4837 } 4838 4839 static void 4840 partial_free(partial_T *pt) 4841 { 4842 int i; 4843 4844 for (i = 0; i < pt->pt_argc; ++i) 4845 clear_tv(&pt->pt_argv[i]); 4846 vim_free(pt->pt_argv); 4847 dict_unref(pt->pt_dict); 4848 if (pt->pt_name != NULL) 4849 { 4850 func_unref(pt->pt_name); 4851 vim_free(pt->pt_name); 4852 } 4853 else 4854 func_ptr_unref(pt->pt_func); 4855 vim_free(pt); 4856 } 4857 4858 /* 4859 * Unreference a closure: decrement the reference count and free it when it 4860 * becomes zero. 4861 */ 4862 void 4863 partial_unref(partial_T *pt) 4864 { 4865 if (pt != NULL && --pt->pt_refcount <= 0) 4866 partial_free(pt); 4867 } 4868 4869 static int tv_equal_recurse_limit; 4870 4871 static int 4872 func_equal( 4873 typval_T *tv1, 4874 typval_T *tv2, 4875 int ic) /* ignore case */ 4876 { 4877 char_u *s1, *s2; 4878 dict_T *d1, *d2; 4879 int a1, a2; 4880 int i; 4881 4882 /* empty and NULL function name considered the same */ 4883 s1 = tv1->v_type == VAR_FUNC ? tv1->vval.v_string 4884 : partial_name(tv1->vval.v_partial); 4885 if (s1 != NULL && *s1 == NUL) 4886 s1 = NULL; 4887 s2 = tv2->v_type == VAR_FUNC ? tv2->vval.v_string 4888 : partial_name(tv2->vval.v_partial); 4889 if (s2 != NULL && *s2 == NUL) 4890 s2 = NULL; 4891 if (s1 == NULL || s2 == NULL) 4892 { 4893 if (s1 != s2) 4894 return FALSE; 4895 } 4896 else if (STRCMP(s1, s2) != 0) 4897 return FALSE; 4898 4899 /* empty dict and NULL dict is different */ 4900 d1 = tv1->v_type == VAR_FUNC ? NULL : tv1->vval.v_partial->pt_dict; 4901 d2 = tv2->v_type == VAR_FUNC ? NULL : tv2->vval.v_partial->pt_dict; 4902 if (d1 == NULL || d2 == NULL) 4903 { 4904 if (d1 != d2) 4905 return FALSE; 4906 } 4907 else if (!dict_equal(d1, d2, ic, TRUE)) 4908 return FALSE; 4909 4910 /* empty list and no list considered the same */ 4911 a1 = tv1->v_type == VAR_FUNC ? 0 : tv1->vval.v_partial->pt_argc; 4912 a2 = tv2->v_type == VAR_FUNC ? 0 : tv2->vval.v_partial->pt_argc; 4913 if (a1 != a2) 4914 return FALSE; 4915 for (i = 0; i < a1; ++i) 4916 if (!tv_equal(tv1->vval.v_partial->pt_argv + i, 4917 tv2->vval.v_partial->pt_argv + i, ic, TRUE)) 4918 return FALSE; 4919 4920 return TRUE; 4921 } 4922 4923 /* 4924 * Return TRUE if "tv1" and "tv2" have the same value. 4925 * Compares the items just like "==" would compare them, but strings and 4926 * numbers are different. Floats and numbers are also different. 4927 */ 4928 int 4929 tv_equal( 4930 typval_T *tv1, 4931 typval_T *tv2, 4932 int ic, /* ignore case */ 4933 int recursive) /* TRUE when used recursively */ 4934 { 4935 char_u buf1[NUMBUFLEN], buf2[NUMBUFLEN]; 4936 char_u *s1, *s2; 4937 static int recursive_cnt = 0; /* catch recursive loops */ 4938 int r; 4939 4940 /* Catch lists and dicts that have an endless loop by limiting 4941 * recursiveness to a limit. We guess they are equal then. 4942 * A fixed limit has the problem of still taking an awful long time. 4943 * Reduce the limit every time running into it. That should work fine for 4944 * deeply linked structures that are not recursively linked and catch 4945 * recursiveness quickly. */ 4946 if (!recursive) 4947 tv_equal_recurse_limit = 1000; 4948 if (recursive_cnt >= tv_equal_recurse_limit) 4949 { 4950 --tv_equal_recurse_limit; 4951 return TRUE; 4952 } 4953 4954 /* For VAR_FUNC and VAR_PARTIAL compare the function name, bound dict and 4955 * arguments. */ 4956 if ((tv1->v_type == VAR_FUNC 4957 || (tv1->v_type == VAR_PARTIAL && tv1->vval.v_partial != NULL)) 4958 && (tv2->v_type == VAR_FUNC 4959 || (tv2->v_type == VAR_PARTIAL && tv2->vval.v_partial != NULL))) 4960 { 4961 ++recursive_cnt; 4962 r = func_equal(tv1, tv2, ic); 4963 --recursive_cnt; 4964 return r; 4965 } 4966 4967 if (tv1->v_type != tv2->v_type) 4968 return FALSE; 4969 4970 switch (tv1->v_type) 4971 { 4972 case VAR_LIST: 4973 ++recursive_cnt; 4974 r = list_equal(tv1->vval.v_list, tv2->vval.v_list, ic, TRUE); 4975 --recursive_cnt; 4976 return r; 4977 4978 case VAR_DICT: 4979 ++recursive_cnt; 4980 r = dict_equal(tv1->vval.v_dict, tv2->vval.v_dict, ic, TRUE); 4981 --recursive_cnt; 4982 return r; 4983 4984 case VAR_NUMBER: 4985 return tv1->vval.v_number == tv2->vval.v_number; 4986 4987 case VAR_STRING: 4988 s1 = get_tv_string_buf(tv1, buf1); 4989 s2 = get_tv_string_buf(tv2, buf2); 4990 return ((ic ? MB_STRICMP(s1, s2) : STRCMP(s1, s2)) == 0); 4991 4992 case VAR_SPECIAL: 4993 return tv1->vval.v_number == tv2->vval.v_number; 4994 4995 case VAR_FLOAT: 4996 #ifdef FEAT_FLOAT 4997 return tv1->vval.v_float == tv2->vval.v_float; 4998 #endif 4999 case VAR_JOB: 5000 #ifdef FEAT_JOB_CHANNEL 5001 return tv1->vval.v_job == tv2->vval.v_job; 5002 #endif 5003 case VAR_CHANNEL: 5004 #ifdef FEAT_JOB_CHANNEL 5005 return tv1->vval.v_channel == tv2->vval.v_channel; 5006 #endif 5007 case VAR_FUNC: 5008 case VAR_PARTIAL: 5009 case VAR_UNKNOWN: 5010 break; 5011 } 5012 5013 /* VAR_UNKNOWN can be the result of a invalid expression, let's say it 5014 * does not equal anything, not even itself. */ 5015 return FALSE; 5016 } 5017 5018 /* 5019 * Return the next (unique) copy ID. 5020 * Used for serializing nested structures. 5021 */ 5022 int 5023 get_copyID(void) 5024 { 5025 current_copyID += COPYID_INC; 5026 return current_copyID; 5027 } 5028 5029 /* 5030 * Garbage collection for lists and dictionaries. 5031 * 5032 * We use reference counts to be able to free most items right away when they 5033 * are no longer used. But for composite items it's possible that it becomes 5034 * unused while the reference count is > 0: When there is a recursive 5035 * reference. Example: 5036 * :let l = [1, 2, 3] 5037 * :let d = {9: l} 5038 * :let l[1] = d 5039 * 5040 * Since this is quite unusual we handle this with garbage collection: every 5041 * once in a while find out which lists and dicts are not referenced from any 5042 * variable. 5043 * 5044 * Here is a good reference text about garbage collection (refers to Python 5045 * but it applies to all reference-counting mechanisms): 5046 * http://python.ca/nas/python/gc/ 5047 */ 5048 5049 /* 5050 * Do garbage collection for lists and dicts. 5051 * When "testing" is TRUE this is called from test_garbagecollect_now(). 5052 * Return TRUE if some memory was freed. 5053 */ 5054 int 5055 garbage_collect(int testing) 5056 { 5057 int copyID; 5058 int abort = FALSE; 5059 buf_T *buf; 5060 win_T *wp; 5061 int i; 5062 int did_free = FALSE; 5063 tabpage_T *tp; 5064 5065 if (!testing) 5066 { 5067 /* Only do this once. */ 5068 want_garbage_collect = FALSE; 5069 may_garbage_collect = FALSE; 5070 garbage_collect_at_exit = FALSE; 5071 } 5072 5073 /* We advance by two because we add one for items referenced through 5074 * previous_funccal. */ 5075 copyID = get_copyID(); 5076 5077 /* 5078 * 1. Go through all accessible variables and mark all lists and dicts 5079 * with copyID. 5080 */ 5081 5082 /* Don't free variables in the previous_funccal list unless they are only 5083 * referenced through previous_funccal. This must be first, because if 5084 * the item is referenced elsewhere the funccal must not be freed. */ 5085 abort = abort || set_ref_in_previous_funccal(copyID); 5086 5087 /* script-local variables */ 5088 for (i = 1; i <= ga_scripts.ga_len; ++i) 5089 abort = abort || set_ref_in_ht(&SCRIPT_VARS(i), copyID, NULL); 5090 5091 /* buffer-local variables */ 5092 FOR_ALL_BUFFERS(buf) 5093 abort = abort || set_ref_in_item(&buf->b_bufvar.di_tv, copyID, 5094 NULL, NULL); 5095 5096 /* window-local variables */ 5097 FOR_ALL_TAB_WINDOWS(tp, wp) 5098 abort = abort || set_ref_in_item(&wp->w_winvar.di_tv, copyID, 5099 NULL, NULL); 5100 if (aucmd_win != NULL) 5101 abort = abort || set_ref_in_item(&aucmd_win->w_winvar.di_tv, copyID, 5102 NULL, NULL); 5103 5104 /* tabpage-local variables */ 5105 FOR_ALL_TABPAGES(tp) 5106 abort = abort || set_ref_in_item(&tp->tp_winvar.di_tv, copyID, 5107 NULL, NULL); 5108 /* global variables */ 5109 abort = abort || set_ref_in_ht(&globvarht, copyID, NULL); 5110 5111 /* function-local variables */ 5112 abort = abort || set_ref_in_call_stack(copyID); 5113 5114 /* named functions (matters for closures) */ 5115 abort = abort || set_ref_in_functions(copyID); 5116 5117 /* function call arguments, if v:testing is set. */ 5118 abort = abort || set_ref_in_func_args(copyID); 5119 5120 /* v: vars */ 5121 abort = abort || set_ref_in_ht(&vimvarht, copyID, NULL); 5122 5123 #ifdef FEAT_LUA 5124 abort = abort || set_ref_in_lua(copyID); 5125 #endif 5126 5127 #ifdef FEAT_PYTHON 5128 abort = abort || set_ref_in_python(copyID); 5129 #endif 5130 5131 #ifdef FEAT_PYTHON3 5132 abort = abort || set_ref_in_python3(copyID); 5133 #endif 5134 5135 #ifdef FEAT_JOB_CHANNEL 5136 abort = abort || set_ref_in_channel(copyID); 5137 abort = abort || set_ref_in_job(copyID); 5138 #endif 5139 #ifdef FEAT_NETBEANS_INTG 5140 abort = abort || set_ref_in_nb_channel(copyID); 5141 #endif 5142 5143 #ifdef FEAT_TIMERS 5144 abort = abort || set_ref_in_timer(copyID); 5145 #endif 5146 5147 #ifdef FEAT_QUICKFIX 5148 abort = abort || set_ref_in_quickfix(copyID); 5149 #endif 5150 5151 #ifdef FEAT_TERMINAL 5152 abort = abort || set_ref_in_term(copyID); 5153 #endif 5154 5155 if (!abort) 5156 { 5157 /* 5158 * 2. Free lists and dictionaries that are not referenced. 5159 */ 5160 did_free = free_unref_items(copyID); 5161 5162 /* 5163 * 3. Check if any funccal can be freed now. 5164 * This may call us back recursively. 5165 */ 5166 free_unref_funccal(copyID, testing); 5167 } 5168 else if (p_verbose > 0) 5169 { 5170 verb_msg((char_u *)_("Not enough memory to set references, garbage collection aborted!")); 5171 } 5172 5173 return did_free; 5174 } 5175 5176 /* 5177 * Free lists, dictionaries, channels and jobs that are no longer referenced. 5178 */ 5179 static int 5180 free_unref_items(int copyID) 5181 { 5182 int did_free = FALSE; 5183 5184 /* Let all "free" functions know that we are here. This means no 5185 * dictionaries, lists, channels or jobs are to be freed, because we will 5186 * do that here. */ 5187 in_free_unref_items = TRUE; 5188 5189 /* 5190 * PASS 1: free the contents of the items. We don't free the items 5191 * themselves yet, so that it is possible to decrement refcount counters 5192 */ 5193 5194 /* Go through the list of dicts and free items without the copyID. */ 5195 did_free |= dict_free_nonref(copyID); 5196 5197 /* Go through the list of lists and free items without the copyID. */ 5198 did_free |= list_free_nonref(copyID); 5199 5200 #ifdef FEAT_JOB_CHANNEL 5201 /* Go through the list of jobs and free items without the copyID. This 5202 * must happen before doing channels, because jobs refer to channels, but 5203 * the reference from the channel to the job isn't tracked. */ 5204 did_free |= free_unused_jobs_contents(copyID, COPYID_MASK); 5205 5206 /* Go through the list of channels and free items without the copyID. */ 5207 did_free |= free_unused_channels_contents(copyID, COPYID_MASK); 5208 #endif 5209 5210 /* 5211 * PASS 2: free the items themselves. 5212 */ 5213 dict_free_items(copyID); 5214 list_free_items(copyID); 5215 5216 #ifdef FEAT_JOB_CHANNEL 5217 /* Go through the list of jobs and free items without the copyID. This 5218 * must happen before doing channels, because jobs refer to channels, but 5219 * the reference from the channel to the job isn't tracked. */ 5220 free_unused_jobs(copyID, COPYID_MASK); 5221 5222 /* Go through the list of channels and free items without the copyID. */ 5223 free_unused_channels(copyID, COPYID_MASK); 5224 #endif 5225 5226 in_free_unref_items = FALSE; 5227 5228 return did_free; 5229 } 5230 5231 /* 5232 * Mark all lists and dicts referenced through hashtab "ht" with "copyID". 5233 * "list_stack" is used to add lists to be marked. Can be NULL. 5234 * 5235 * Returns TRUE if setting references failed somehow. 5236 */ 5237 int 5238 set_ref_in_ht(hashtab_T *ht, int copyID, list_stack_T **list_stack) 5239 { 5240 int todo; 5241 int abort = FALSE; 5242 hashitem_T *hi; 5243 hashtab_T *cur_ht; 5244 ht_stack_T *ht_stack = NULL; 5245 ht_stack_T *tempitem; 5246 5247 cur_ht = ht; 5248 for (;;) 5249 { 5250 if (!abort) 5251 { 5252 /* Mark each item in the hashtab. If the item contains a hashtab 5253 * it is added to ht_stack, if it contains a list it is added to 5254 * list_stack. */ 5255 todo = (int)cur_ht->ht_used; 5256 for (hi = cur_ht->ht_array; todo > 0; ++hi) 5257 if (!HASHITEM_EMPTY(hi)) 5258 { 5259 --todo; 5260 abort = abort || set_ref_in_item(&HI2DI(hi)->di_tv, copyID, 5261 &ht_stack, list_stack); 5262 } 5263 } 5264 5265 if (ht_stack == NULL) 5266 break; 5267 5268 /* take an item from the stack */ 5269 cur_ht = ht_stack->ht; 5270 tempitem = ht_stack; 5271 ht_stack = ht_stack->prev; 5272 free(tempitem); 5273 } 5274 5275 return abort; 5276 } 5277 5278 /* 5279 * Mark all lists and dicts referenced through list "l" with "copyID". 5280 * "ht_stack" is used to add hashtabs to be marked. Can be NULL. 5281 * 5282 * Returns TRUE if setting references failed somehow. 5283 */ 5284 int 5285 set_ref_in_list(list_T *l, int copyID, ht_stack_T **ht_stack) 5286 { 5287 listitem_T *li; 5288 int abort = FALSE; 5289 list_T *cur_l; 5290 list_stack_T *list_stack = NULL; 5291 list_stack_T *tempitem; 5292 5293 cur_l = l; 5294 for (;;) 5295 { 5296 if (!abort) 5297 /* Mark each item in the list. If the item contains a hashtab 5298 * it is added to ht_stack, if it contains a list it is added to 5299 * list_stack. */ 5300 for (li = cur_l->lv_first; !abort && li != NULL; li = li->li_next) 5301 abort = abort || set_ref_in_item(&li->li_tv, copyID, 5302 ht_stack, &list_stack); 5303 if (list_stack == NULL) 5304 break; 5305 5306 /* take an item from the stack */ 5307 cur_l = list_stack->list; 5308 tempitem = list_stack; 5309 list_stack = list_stack->prev; 5310 free(tempitem); 5311 } 5312 5313 return abort; 5314 } 5315 5316 /* 5317 * Mark all lists and dicts referenced through typval "tv" with "copyID". 5318 * "list_stack" is used to add lists to be marked. Can be NULL. 5319 * "ht_stack" is used to add hashtabs to be marked. Can be NULL. 5320 * 5321 * Returns TRUE if setting references failed somehow. 5322 */ 5323 int 5324 set_ref_in_item( 5325 typval_T *tv, 5326 int copyID, 5327 ht_stack_T **ht_stack, 5328 list_stack_T **list_stack) 5329 { 5330 int abort = FALSE; 5331 5332 if (tv->v_type == VAR_DICT) 5333 { 5334 dict_T *dd = tv->vval.v_dict; 5335 5336 if (dd != NULL && dd->dv_copyID != copyID) 5337 { 5338 /* Didn't see this dict yet. */ 5339 dd->dv_copyID = copyID; 5340 if (ht_stack == NULL) 5341 { 5342 abort = set_ref_in_ht(&dd->dv_hashtab, copyID, list_stack); 5343 } 5344 else 5345 { 5346 ht_stack_T *newitem = (ht_stack_T*)malloc(sizeof(ht_stack_T)); 5347 if (newitem == NULL) 5348 abort = TRUE; 5349 else 5350 { 5351 newitem->ht = &dd->dv_hashtab; 5352 newitem->prev = *ht_stack; 5353 *ht_stack = newitem; 5354 } 5355 } 5356 } 5357 } 5358 else if (tv->v_type == VAR_LIST) 5359 { 5360 list_T *ll = tv->vval.v_list; 5361 5362 if (ll != NULL && ll->lv_copyID != copyID) 5363 { 5364 /* Didn't see this list yet. */ 5365 ll->lv_copyID = copyID; 5366 if (list_stack == NULL) 5367 { 5368 abort = set_ref_in_list(ll, copyID, ht_stack); 5369 } 5370 else 5371 { 5372 list_stack_T *newitem = (list_stack_T*)malloc( 5373 sizeof(list_stack_T)); 5374 if (newitem == NULL) 5375 abort = TRUE; 5376 else 5377 { 5378 newitem->list = ll; 5379 newitem->prev = *list_stack; 5380 *list_stack = newitem; 5381 } 5382 } 5383 } 5384 } 5385 else if (tv->v_type == VAR_FUNC) 5386 { 5387 abort = set_ref_in_func(tv->vval.v_string, NULL, copyID); 5388 } 5389 else if (tv->v_type == VAR_PARTIAL) 5390 { 5391 partial_T *pt = tv->vval.v_partial; 5392 int i; 5393 5394 /* A partial does not have a copyID, because it cannot contain itself. 5395 */ 5396 if (pt != NULL) 5397 { 5398 abort = set_ref_in_func(pt->pt_name, pt->pt_func, copyID); 5399 5400 if (pt->pt_dict != NULL) 5401 { 5402 typval_T dtv; 5403 5404 dtv.v_type = VAR_DICT; 5405 dtv.vval.v_dict = pt->pt_dict; 5406 set_ref_in_item(&dtv, copyID, ht_stack, list_stack); 5407 } 5408 5409 for (i = 0; i < pt->pt_argc; ++i) 5410 abort = abort || set_ref_in_item(&pt->pt_argv[i], copyID, 5411 ht_stack, list_stack); 5412 } 5413 } 5414 #ifdef FEAT_JOB_CHANNEL 5415 else if (tv->v_type == VAR_JOB) 5416 { 5417 job_T *job = tv->vval.v_job; 5418 typval_T dtv; 5419 5420 if (job != NULL && job->jv_copyID != copyID) 5421 { 5422 job->jv_copyID = copyID; 5423 if (job->jv_channel != NULL) 5424 { 5425 dtv.v_type = VAR_CHANNEL; 5426 dtv.vval.v_channel = job->jv_channel; 5427 set_ref_in_item(&dtv, copyID, ht_stack, list_stack); 5428 } 5429 if (job->jv_exit_partial != NULL) 5430 { 5431 dtv.v_type = VAR_PARTIAL; 5432 dtv.vval.v_partial = job->jv_exit_partial; 5433 set_ref_in_item(&dtv, copyID, ht_stack, list_stack); 5434 } 5435 } 5436 } 5437 else if (tv->v_type == VAR_CHANNEL) 5438 { 5439 channel_T *ch =tv->vval.v_channel; 5440 ch_part_T part; 5441 typval_T dtv; 5442 jsonq_T *jq; 5443 cbq_T *cq; 5444 5445 if (ch != NULL && ch->ch_copyID != copyID) 5446 { 5447 ch->ch_copyID = copyID; 5448 for (part = PART_SOCK; part < PART_COUNT; ++part) 5449 { 5450 for (jq = ch->ch_part[part].ch_json_head.jq_next; jq != NULL; 5451 jq = jq->jq_next) 5452 set_ref_in_item(jq->jq_value, copyID, ht_stack, list_stack); 5453 for (cq = ch->ch_part[part].ch_cb_head.cq_next; cq != NULL; 5454 cq = cq->cq_next) 5455 if (cq->cq_partial != NULL) 5456 { 5457 dtv.v_type = VAR_PARTIAL; 5458 dtv.vval.v_partial = cq->cq_partial; 5459 set_ref_in_item(&dtv, copyID, ht_stack, list_stack); 5460 } 5461 if (ch->ch_part[part].ch_partial != NULL) 5462 { 5463 dtv.v_type = VAR_PARTIAL; 5464 dtv.vval.v_partial = ch->ch_part[part].ch_partial; 5465 set_ref_in_item(&dtv, copyID, ht_stack, list_stack); 5466 } 5467 } 5468 if (ch->ch_partial != NULL) 5469 { 5470 dtv.v_type = VAR_PARTIAL; 5471 dtv.vval.v_partial = ch->ch_partial; 5472 set_ref_in_item(&dtv, copyID, ht_stack, list_stack); 5473 } 5474 if (ch->ch_close_partial != NULL) 5475 { 5476 dtv.v_type = VAR_PARTIAL; 5477 dtv.vval.v_partial = ch->ch_close_partial; 5478 set_ref_in_item(&dtv, copyID, ht_stack, list_stack); 5479 } 5480 } 5481 } 5482 #endif 5483 return abort; 5484 } 5485 5486 static char * 5487 get_var_special_name(int nr) 5488 { 5489 switch (nr) 5490 { 5491 case VVAL_FALSE: return "v:false"; 5492 case VVAL_TRUE: return "v:true"; 5493 case VVAL_NONE: return "v:none"; 5494 case VVAL_NULL: return "v:null"; 5495 } 5496 internal_error("get_var_special_name()"); 5497 return "42"; 5498 } 5499 5500 /* 5501 * Return a string with the string representation of a variable. 5502 * If the memory is allocated "tofree" is set to it, otherwise NULL. 5503 * "numbuf" is used for a number. 5504 * When "copyID" is not NULL replace recursive lists and dicts with "...". 5505 * When both "echo_style" and "composite_val" are FALSE, put quotes around 5506 * stings as "string()", otherwise does not put quotes around strings, as 5507 * ":echo" displays values. 5508 * When "restore_copyID" is FALSE, repeated items in dictionaries and lists 5509 * are replaced with "...". 5510 * May return NULL. 5511 */ 5512 char_u * 5513 echo_string_core( 5514 typval_T *tv, 5515 char_u **tofree, 5516 char_u *numbuf, 5517 int copyID, 5518 int echo_style, 5519 int restore_copyID, 5520 int composite_val) 5521 { 5522 static int recurse = 0; 5523 char_u *r = NULL; 5524 5525 if (recurse >= DICT_MAXNEST) 5526 { 5527 if (!did_echo_string_emsg) 5528 { 5529 /* Only give this message once for a recursive call to avoid 5530 * flooding the user with errors. And stop iterating over lists 5531 * and dicts. */ 5532 did_echo_string_emsg = TRUE; 5533 EMSG(_("E724: variable nested too deep for displaying")); 5534 } 5535 *tofree = NULL; 5536 return (char_u *)"{E724}"; 5537 } 5538 ++recurse; 5539 5540 switch (tv->v_type) 5541 { 5542 case VAR_STRING: 5543 if (echo_style && !composite_val) 5544 { 5545 *tofree = NULL; 5546 r = tv->vval.v_string; 5547 if (r == NULL) 5548 r = (char_u *)""; 5549 } 5550 else 5551 { 5552 *tofree = string_quote(tv->vval.v_string, FALSE); 5553 r = *tofree; 5554 } 5555 break; 5556 5557 case VAR_FUNC: 5558 if (echo_style) 5559 { 5560 *tofree = NULL; 5561 r = tv->vval.v_string; 5562 } 5563 else 5564 { 5565 *tofree = string_quote(tv->vval.v_string, TRUE); 5566 r = *tofree; 5567 } 5568 break; 5569 5570 case VAR_PARTIAL: 5571 { 5572 partial_T *pt = tv->vval.v_partial; 5573 char_u *fname = string_quote(pt == NULL ? NULL 5574 : partial_name(pt), FALSE); 5575 garray_T ga; 5576 int i; 5577 char_u *tf; 5578 5579 ga_init2(&ga, 1, 100); 5580 ga_concat(&ga, (char_u *)"function("); 5581 if (fname != NULL) 5582 { 5583 ga_concat(&ga, fname); 5584 vim_free(fname); 5585 } 5586 if (pt != NULL && pt->pt_argc > 0) 5587 { 5588 ga_concat(&ga, (char_u *)", ["); 5589 for (i = 0; i < pt->pt_argc; ++i) 5590 { 5591 if (i > 0) 5592 ga_concat(&ga, (char_u *)", "); 5593 ga_concat(&ga, 5594 tv2string(&pt->pt_argv[i], &tf, numbuf, copyID)); 5595 vim_free(tf); 5596 } 5597 ga_concat(&ga, (char_u *)"]"); 5598 } 5599 if (pt != NULL && pt->pt_dict != NULL) 5600 { 5601 typval_T dtv; 5602 5603 ga_concat(&ga, (char_u *)", "); 5604 dtv.v_type = VAR_DICT; 5605 dtv.vval.v_dict = pt->pt_dict; 5606 ga_concat(&ga, tv2string(&dtv, &tf, numbuf, copyID)); 5607 vim_free(tf); 5608 } 5609 ga_concat(&ga, (char_u *)")"); 5610 5611 *tofree = ga.ga_data; 5612 r = *tofree; 5613 break; 5614 } 5615 5616 case VAR_LIST: 5617 if (tv->vval.v_list == NULL) 5618 { 5619 *tofree = NULL; 5620 r = NULL; 5621 } 5622 else if (copyID != 0 && tv->vval.v_list->lv_copyID == copyID 5623 && tv->vval.v_list->lv_len > 0) 5624 { 5625 *tofree = NULL; 5626 r = (char_u *)"[...]"; 5627 } 5628 else 5629 { 5630 int old_copyID = tv->vval.v_list->lv_copyID; 5631 5632 tv->vval.v_list->lv_copyID = copyID; 5633 *tofree = list2string(tv, copyID, restore_copyID); 5634 if (restore_copyID) 5635 tv->vval.v_list->lv_copyID = old_copyID; 5636 r = *tofree; 5637 } 5638 break; 5639 5640 case VAR_DICT: 5641 if (tv->vval.v_dict == NULL) 5642 { 5643 *tofree = NULL; 5644 r = NULL; 5645 } 5646 else if (copyID != 0 && tv->vval.v_dict->dv_copyID == copyID 5647 && tv->vval.v_dict->dv_hashtab.ht_used != 0) 5648 { 5649 *tofree = NULL; 5650 r = (char_u *)"{...}"; 5651 } 5652 else 5653 { 5654 int old_copyID = tv->vval.v_dict->dv_copyID; 5655 tv->vval.v_dict->dv_copyID = copyID; 5656 *tofree = dict2string(tv, copyID, restore_copyID); 5657 if (restore_copyID) 5658 tv->vval.v_dict->dv_copyID = old_copyID; 5659 r = *tofree; 5660 } 5661 break; 5662 5663 case VAR_NUMBER: 5664 case VAR_UNKNOWN: 5665 *tofree = NULL; 5666 r = get_tv_string_buf(tv, numbuf); 5667 break; 5668 5669 case VAR_JOB: 5670 case VAR_CHANNEL: 5671 *tofree = NULL; 5672 r = get_tv_string_buf(tv, numbuf); 5673 if (composite_val) 5674 { 5675 *tofree = string_quote(r, FALSE); 5676 r = *tofree; 5677 } 5678 break; 5679 5680 case VAR_FLOAT: 5681 #ifdef FEAT_FLOAT 5682 *tofree = NULL; 5683 vim_snprintf((char *)numbuf, NUMBUFLEN, "%g", tv->vval.v_float); 5684 r = numbuf; 5685 break; 5686 #endif 5687 5688 case VAR_SPECIAL: 5689 *tofree = NULL; 5690 r = (char_u *)get_var_special_name(tv->vval.v_number); 5691 break; 5692 } 5693 5694 if (--recurse == 0) 5695 did_echo_string_emsg = FALSE; 5696 return r; 5697 } 5698 5699 /* 5700 * Return a string with the string representation of a variable. 5701 * If the memory is allocated "tofree" is set to it, otherwise NULL. 5702 * "numbuf" is used for a number. 5703 * Does not put quotes around strings, as ":echo" displays values. 5704 * When "copyID" is not NULL replace recursive lists and dicts with "...". 5705 * May return NULL. 5706 */ 5707 char_u * 5708 echo_string( 5709 typval_T *tv, 5710 char_u **tofree, 5711 char_u *numbuf, 5712 int copyID) 5713 { 5714 return echo_string_core(tv, tofree, numbuf, copyID, TRUE, FALSE, FALSE); 5715 } 5716 5717 /* 5718 * Return a string with the string representation of a variable. 5719 * If the memory is allocated "tofree" is set to it, otherwise NULL. 5720 * "numbuf" is used for a number. 5721 * Puts quotes around strings, so that they can be parsed back by eval(). 5722 * May return NULL. 5723 */ 5724 char_u * 5725 tv2string( 5726 typval_T *tv, 5727 char_u **tofree, 5728 char_u *numbuf, 5729 int copyID) 5730 { 5731 return echo_string_core(tv, tofree, numbuf, copyID, FALSE, TRUE, FALSE); 5732 } 5733 5734 /* 5735 * Return string "str" in ' quotes, doubling ' characters. 5736 * If "str" is NULL an empty string is assumed. 5737 * If "function" is TRUE make it function('string'). 5738 */ 5739 char_u * 5740 string_quote(char_u *str, int function) 5741 { 5742 unsigned len; 5743 char_u *p, *r, *s; 5744 5745 len = (function ? 13 : 3); 5746 if (str != NULL) 5747 { 5748 len += (unsigned)STRLEN(str); 5749 for (p = str; *p != NUL; MB_PTR_ADV(p)) 5750 if (*p == '\'') 5751 ++len; 5752 } 5753 s = r = alloc(len); 5754 if (r != NULL) 5755 { 5756 if (function) 5757 { 5758 STRCPY(r, "function('"); 5759 r += 10; 5760 } 5761 else 5762 *r++ = '\''; 5763 if (str != NULL) 5764 for (p = str; *p != NUL; ) 5765 { 5766 if (*p == '\'') 5767 *r++ = '\''; 5768 MB_COPY_CHAR(p, r); 5769 } 5770 *r++ = '\''; 5771 if (function) 5772 *r++ = ')'; 5773 *r++ = NUL; 5774 } 5775 return s; 5776 } 5777 5778 #if defined(FEAT_FLOAT) || defined(PROTO) 5779 /* 5780 * Convert the string "text" to a floating point number. 5781 * This uses strtod(). setlocale(LC_NUMERIC, "C") has been used to make sure 5782 * this always uses a decimal point. 5783 * Returns the length of the text that was consumed. 5784 */ 5785 int 5786 string2float( 5787 char_u *text, 5788 float_T *value) /* result stored here */ 5789 { 5790 char *s = (char *)text; 5791 float_T f; 5792 5793 /* MS-Windows does not deal with "inf" and "nan" properly. */ 5794 if (STRNICMP(text, "inf", 3) == 0) 5795 { 5796 *value = INFINITY; 5797 return 3; 5798 } 5799 if (STRNICMP(text, "-inf", 3) == 0) 5800 { 5801 *value = -INFINITY; 5802 return 4; 5803 } 5804 if (STRNICMP(text, "nan", 3) == 0) 5805 { 5806 *value = NAN; 5807 return 3; 5808 } 5809 f = strtod(s, &s); 5810 *value = f; 5811 return (int)((char_u *)s - text); 5812 } 5813 #endif 5814 5815 /* 5816 * Get the value of an environment variable. 5817 * "arg" is pointing to the '$'. It is advanced to after the name. 5818 * If the environment variable was not set, silently assume it is empty. 5819 * Return FAIL if the name is invalid. 5820 */ 5821 static int 5822 get_env_tv(char_u **arg, typval_T *rettv, int evaluate) 5823 { 5824 char_u *string = NULL; 5825 int len; 5826 int cc; 5827 char_u *name; 5828 int mustfree = FALSE; 5829 5830 ++*arg; 5831 name = *arg; 5832 len = get_env_len(arg); 5833 if (evaluate) 5834 { 5835 if (len == 0) 5836 return FAIL; /* invalid empty name */ 5837 5838 cc = name[len]; 5839 name[len] = NUL; 5840 /* first try vim_getenv(), fast for normal environment vars */ 5841 string = vim_getenv(name, &mustfree); 5842 if (string != NULL && *string != NUL) 5843 { 5844 if (!mustfree) 5845 string = vim_strsave(string); 5846 } 5847 else 5848 { 5849 if (mustfree) 5850 vim_free(string); 5851 5852 /* next try expanding things like $VIM and ${HOME} */ 5853 string = expand_env_save(name - 1); 5854 if (string != NULL && *string == '$') 5855 VIM_CLEAR(string); 5856 } 5857 name[len] = cc; 5858 5859 rettv->v_type = VAR_STRING; 5860 rettv->vval.v_string = string; 5861 } 5862 5863 return OK; 5864 } 5865 5866 5867 5868 /* 5869 * Translate a String variable into a position. 5870 * Returns NULL when there is an error. 5871 */ 5872 pos_T * 5873 var2fpos( 5874 typval_T *varp, 5875 int dollar_lnum, /* TRUE when $ is last line */ 5876 int *fnum) /* set to fnum for '0, 'A, etc. */ 5877 { 5878 char_u *name; 5879 static pos_T pos; 5880 pos_T *pp; 5881 5882 /* Argument can be [lnum, col, coladd]. */ 5883 if (varp->v_type == VAR_LIST) 5884 { 5885 list_T *l; 5886 int len; 5887 int error = FALSE; 5888 listitem_T *li; 5889 5890 l = varp->vval.v_list; 5891 if (l == NULL) 5892 return NULL; 5893 5894 /* Get the line number */ 5895 pos.lnum = list_find_nr(l, 0L, &error); 5896 if (error || pos.lnum <= 0 || pos.lnum > curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count) 5897 return NULL; /* invalid line number */ 5898 5899 /* Get the column number */ 5900 pos.col = list_find_nr(l, 1L, &error); 5901 if (error) 5902 return NULL; 5903 len = (long)STRLEN(ml_get(pos.lnum)); 5904 5905 /* We accept "$" for the column number: last column. */ 5906 li = list_find(l, 1L); 5907 if (li != NULL && li->li_tv.v_type == VAR_STRING 5908 && li->li_tv.vval.v_string != NULL 5909 && STRCMP(li->li_tv.vval.v_string, "$") == 0) 5910 pos.col = len + 1; 5911 5912 /* Accept a position up to the NUL after the line. */ 5913 if (pos.col == 0 || (int)pos.col > len + 1) 5914 return NULL; /* invalid column number */ 5915 --pos.col; 5916 5917 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT 5918 /* Get the virtual offset. Defaults to zero. */ 5919 pos.coladd = list_find_nr(l, 2L, &error); 5920 if (error) 5921 pos.coladd = 0; 5922 #endif 5923 5924 return &pos; 5925 } 5926 5927 name = get_tv_string_chk(varp); 5928 if (name == NULL) 5929 return NULL; 5930 if (name[0] == '.') /* cursor */ 5931 return &curwin->w_cursor; 5932 if (name[0] == 'v' && name[1] == NUL) /* Visual start */ 5933 { 5934 if (VIsual_active) 5935 return &VIsual; 5936 return &curwin->w_cursor; 5937 } 5938 if (name[0] == '\'') /* mark */ 5939 { 5940 pp = getmark_buf_fnum(curbuf, name[1], FALSE, fnum); 5941 if (pp == NULL || pp == (pos_T *)-1 || pp->lnum <= 0) 5942 return NULL; 5943 return pp; 5944 } 5945 5946 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT 5947 pos.coladd = 0; 5948 #endif 5949 5950 if (name[0] == 'w' && dollar_lnum) 5951 { 5952 pos.col = 0; 5953 if (name[1] == '0') /* "w0": first visible line */ 5954 { 5955 update_topline(); 5956 /* In silent Ex mode topline is zero, but that's not a valid line 5957 * number; use one instead. */ 5958 pos.lnum = curwin->w_topline > 0 ? curwin->w_topline : 1; 5959 return &pos; 5960 } 5961 else if (name[1] == '$') /* "w$": last visible line */ 5962 { 5963 validate_botline(); 5964 /* In silent Ex mode botline is zero, return zero then. */ 5965 pos.lnum = curwin->w_botline > 0 ? curwin->w_botline - 1 : 0; 5966 return &pos; 5967 } 5968 } 5969 else if (name[0] == '$') /* last column or line */ 5970 { 5971 if (dollar_lnum) 5972 { 5973 pos.lnum = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count; 5974 pos.col = 0; 5975 } 5976 else 5977 { 5978 pos.lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum; 5979 pos.col = (colnr_T)STRLEN(ml_get_curline()); 5980 } 5981 return &pos; 5982 } 5983 return NULL; 5984 } 5985 5986 /* 5987 * Convert list in "arg" into a position and optional file number. 5988 * When "fnump" is NULL there is no file number, only 3 items. 5989 * Note that the column is passed on as-is, the caller may want to decrement 5990 * it to use 1 for the first column. 5991 * Return FAIL when conversion is not possible, doesn't check the position for 5992 * validity. 5993 */ 5994 int 5995 list2fpos( 5996 typval_T *arg, 5997 pos_T *posp, 5998 int *fnump, 5999 colnr_T *curswantp) 6000 { 6001 list_T *l = arg->vval.v_list; 6002 long i = 0; 6003 long n; 6004 6005 /* List must be: [fnum, lnum, col, coladd, curswant], where "fnum" is only 6006 * there when "fnump" isn't NULL; "coladd" and "curswant" are optional. */ 6007 if (arg->v_type != VAR_LIST 6008 || l == NULL 6009 || l->lv_len < (fnump == NULL ? 2 : 3) 6010 || l->lv_len > (fnump == NULL ? 4 : 5)) 6011 return FAIL; 6012 6013 if (fnump != NULL) 6014 { 6015 n = list_find_nr(l, i++, NULL); /* fnum */ 6016 if (n < 0) 6017 return FAIL; 6018 if (n == 0) 6019 n = curbuf->b_fnum; /* current buffer */ 6020 *fnump = n; 6021 } 6022 6023 n = list_find_nr(l, i++, NULL); /* lnum */ 6024 if (n < 0) 6025 return FAIL; 6026 posp->lnum = n; 6027 6028 n = list_find_nr(l, i++, NULL); /* col */ 6029 if (n < 0) 6030 return FAIL; 6031 posp->col = n; 6032 6033 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT 6034 n = list_find_nr(l, i, NULL); /* off */ 6035 if (n < 0) 6036 posp->coladd = 0; 6037 else 6038 posp->coladd = n; 6039 #endif 6040 6041 if (curswantp != NULL) 6042 *curswantp = list_find_nr(l, i + 1, NULL); /* curswant */ 6043 6044 return OK; 6045 } 6046 6047 /* 6048 * Get the length of an environment variable name. 6049 * Advance "arg" to the first character after the name. 6050 * Return 0 for error. 6051 */ 6052 static int 6053 get_env_len(char_u **arg) 6054 { 6055 char_u *p; 6056 int len; 6057 6058 for (p = *arg; vim_isIDc(*p); ++p) 6059 ; 6060 if (p == *arg) /* no name found */ 6061 return 0; 6062 6063 len = (int)(p - *arg); 6064 *arg = p; 6065 return len; 6066 } 6067 6068 /* 6069 * Get the length of the name of a function or internal variable. 6070 * "arg" is advanced to the first non-white character after the name. 6071 * Return 0 if something is wrong. 6072 */ 6073 int 6074 get_id_len(char_u **arg) 6075 { 6076 char_u *p; 6077 int len; 6078 6079 /* Find the end of the name. */ 6080 for (p = *arg; eval_isnamec(*p); ++p) 6081 { 6082 if (*p == ':') 6083 { 6084 /* "s:" is start of "s:var", but "n:" is not and can be used in 6085 * slice "[n:]". Also "xx:" is not a namespace. */ 6086 len = (int)(p - *arg); 6087 if ((len == 1 && vim_strchr(NAMESPACE_CHAR, **arg) == NULL) 6088 || len > 1) 6089 break; 6090 } 6091 } 6092 if (p == *arg) /* no name found */ 6093 return 0; 6094 6095 len = (int)(p - *arg); 6096 *arg = skipwhite(p); 6097 6098 return len; 6099 } 6100 6101 /* 6102 * Get the length of the name of a variable or function. 6103 * Only the name is recognized, does not handle ".key" or "[idx]". 6104 * "arg" is advanced to the first non-white character after the name. 6105 * Return -1 if curly braces expansion failed. 6106 * Return 0 if something else is wrong. 6107 * If the name contains 'magic' {}'s, expand them and return the 6108 * expanded name in an allocated string via 'alias' - caller must free. 6109 */ 6110 int 6111 get_name_len( 6112 char_u **arg, 6113 char_u **alias, 6114 int evaluate, 6115 int verbose) 6116 { 6117 int len; 6118 char_u *p; 6119 char_u *expr_start; 6120 char_u *expr_end; 6121 6122 *alias = NULL; /* default to no alias */ 6123 6124 if ((*arg)[0] == K_SPECIAL && (*arg)[1] == KS_EXTRA 6125 && (*arg)[2] == (int)KE_SNR) 6126 { 6127 /* hard coded <SNR>, already translated */ 6128 *arg += 3; 6129 return get_id_len(arg) + 3; 6130 } 6131 len = eval_fname_script(*arg); 6132 if (len > 0) 6133 { 6134 /* literal "<SID>", "s:" or "<SNR>" */ 6135 *arg += len; 6136 } 6137 6138 /* 6139 * Find the end of the name; check for {} construction. 6140 */ 6141 p = find_name_end(*arg, &expr_start, &expr_end, 6142 len > 0 ? 0 : FNE_CHECK_START); 6143 if (expr_start != NULL) 6144 { 6145 char_u *temp_string; 6146 6147 if (!evaluate) 6148 { 6149 len += (int)(p - *arg); 6150 *arg = skipwhite(p); 6151 return len; 6152 } 6153 6154 /* 6155 * Include any <SID> etc in the expanded string: 6156 * Thus the -len here. 6157 */ 6158 temp_string = make_expanded_name(*arg - len, expr_start, expr_end, p); 6159 if (temp_string == NULL) 6160 return -1; 6161 *alias = temp_string; 6162 *arg = skipwhite(p); 6163 return (int)STRLEN(temp_string); 6164 } 6165 6166 len += get_id_len(arg); 6167 if (len == 0 && verbose) 6168 EMSG2(_(e_invexpr2), *arg); 6169 6170 return len; 6171 } 6172 6173 /* 6174 * Find the end of a variable or function name, taking care of magic braces. 6175 * If "expr_start" is not NULL then "expr_start" and "expr_end" are set to the 6176 * start and end of the first magic braces item. 6177 * "flags" can have FNE_INCL_BR and FNE_CHECK_START. 6178 * Return a pointer to just after the name. Equal to "arg" if there is no 6179 * valid name. 6180 */ 6181 char_u * 6182 find_name_end( 6183 char_u *arg, 6184 char_u **expr_start, 6185 char_u **expr_end, 6186 int flags) 6187 { 6188 int mb_nest = 0; 6189 int br_nest = 0; 6190 char_u *p; 6191 int len; 6192 6193 if (expr_start != NULL) 6194 { 6195 *expr_start = NULL; 6196 *expr_end = NULL; 6197 } 6198 6199 /* Quick check for valid starting character. */ 6200 if ((flags & FNE_CHECK_START) && !eval_isnamec1(*arg) && *arg != '{') 6201 return arg; 6202 6203 for (p = arg; *p != NUL 6204 && (eval_isnamec(*p) 6205 || *p == '{' 6206 || ((flags & FNE_INCL_BR) && (*p == '[' || *p == '.')) 6207 || mb_nest != 0 6208 || br_nest != 0); MB_PTR_ADV(p)) 6209 { 6210 if (*p == '\'') 6211 { 6212 /* skip over 'string' to avoid counting [ and ] inside it. */ 6213 for (p = p + 1; *p != NUL && *p != '\''; MB_PTR_ADV(p)) 6214 ; 6215 if (*p == NUL) 6216 break; 6217 } 6218 else if (*p == '"') 6219 { 6220 /* skip over "str\"ing" to avoid counting [ and ] inside it. */ 6221 for (p = p + 1; *p != NUL && *p != '"'; MB_PTR_ADV(p)) 6222 if (*p == '\\' && p[1] != NUL) 6223 ++p; 6224 if (*p == NUL) 6225 break; 6226 } 6227 else if (br_nest == 0 && mb_nest == 0 && *p == ':') 6228 { 6229 /* "s:" is start of "s:var", but "n:" is not and can be used in 6230 * slice "[n:]". Also "xx:" is not a namespace. But {ns}: is. */ 6231 len = (int)(p - arg); 6232 if ((len == 1 && vim_strchr(NAMESPACE_CHAR, *arg) == NULL) 6233 || (len > 1 && p[-1] != '}')) 6234 break; 6235 } 6236 6237 if (mb_nest == 0) 6238 { 6239 if (*p == '[') 6240 ++br_nest; 6241 else if (*p == ']') 6242 --br_nest; 6243 } 6244 6245 if (br_nest == 0) 6246 { 6247 if (*p == '{') 6248 { 6249 mb_nest++; 6250 if (expr_start != NULL && *expr_start == NULL) 6251 *expr_start = p; 6252 } 6253 else if (*p == '}') 6254 { 6255 mb_nest--; 6256 if (expr_start != NULL && mb_nest == 0 && *expr_end == NULL) 6257 *expr_end = p; 6258 } 6259 } 6260 } 6261 6262 return p; 6263 } 6264 6265 /* 6266 * Expands out the 'magic' {}'s in a variable/function name. 6267 * Note that this can call itself recursively, to deal with 6268 * constructs like foo{bar}{baz}{bam} 6269 * The four pointer arguments point to "foo{expre}ss{ion}bar" 6270 * "in_start" ^ 6271 * "expr_start" ^ 6272 * "expr_end" ^ 6273 * "in_end" ^ 6274 * 6275 * Returns a new allocated string, which the caller must free. 6276 * Returns NULL for failure. 6277 */ 6278 static char_u * 6279 make_expanded_name( 6280 char_u *in_start, 6281 char_u *expr_start, 6282 char_u *expr_end, 6283 char_u *in_end) 6284 { 6285 char_u c1; 6286 char_u *retval = NULL; 6287 char_u *temp_result; 6288 char_u *nextcmd = NULL; 6289 6290 if (expr_end == NULL || in_end == NULL) 6291 return NULL; 6292 *expr_start = NUL; 6293 *expr_end = NUL; 6294 c1 = *in_end; 6295 *in_end = NUL; 6296 6297 temp_result = eval_to_string(expr_start + 1, &nextcmd, FALSE); 6298 if (temp_result != NULL && nextcmd == NULL) 6299 { 6300 retval = alloc((unsigned)(STRLEN(temp_result) + (expr_start - in_start) 6301 + (in_end - expr_end) + 1)); 6302 if (retval != NULL) 6303 { 6304 STRCPY(retval, in_start); 6305 STRCAT(retval, temp_result); 6306 STRCAT(retval, expr_end + 1); 6307 } 6308 } 6309 vim_free(temp_result); 6310 6311 *in_end = c1; /* put char back for error messages */ 6312 *expr_start = '{'; 6313 *expr_end = '}'; 6314 6315 if (retval != NULL) 6316 { 6317 temp_result = find_name_end(retval, &expr_start, &expr_end, 0); 6318 if (expr_start != NULL) 6319 { 6320 /* Further expansion! */ 6321 temp_result = make_expanded_name(retval, expr_start, 6322 expr_end, temp_result); 6323 vim_free(retval); 6324 retval = temp_result; 6325 } 6326 } 6327 6328 return retval; 6329 } 6330 6331 /* 6332 * Return TRUE if character "c" can be used in a variable or function name. 6333 * Does not include '{' or '}' for magic braces. 6334 */ 6335 int 6336 eval_isnamec(int c) 6337 { 6338 return (ASCII_ISALNUM(c) || c == '_' || c == ':' || c == AUTOLOAD_CHAR); 6339 } 6340 6341 /* 6342 * Return TRUE if character "c" can be used as the first character in a 6343 * variable or function name (excluding '{' and '}'). 6344 */ 6345 int 6346 eval_isnamec1(int c) 6347 { 6348 return (ASCII_ISALPHA(c) || c == '_'); 6349 } 6350 6351 /* 6352 * Set number v: variable to "val". 6353 */ 6354 void 6355 set_vim_var_nr(int idx, varnumber_T val) 6356 { 6357 vimvars[idx].vv_nr = val; 6358 } 6359 6360 /* 6361 * Get number v: variable value. 6362 */ 6363 varnumber_T 6364 get_vim_var_nr(int idx) 6365 { 6366 return vimvars[idx].vv_nr; 6367 } 6368 6369 /* 6370 * Get string v: variable value. Uses a static buffer, can only be used once. 6371 * If the String variable has never been set, return an empty string. 6372 * Never returns NULL; 6373 */ 6374 char_u * 6375 get_vim_var_str(int idx) 6376 { 6377 return get_tv_string(&vimvars[idx].vv_tv); 6378 } 6379 6380 /* 6381 * Get List v: variable value. Caller must take care of reference count when 6382 * needed. 6383 */ 6384 list_T * 6385 get_vim_var_list(int idx) 6386 { 6387 return vimvars[idx].vv_list; 6388 } 6389 6390 /* 6391 * Get Dict v: variable value. Caller must take care of reference count when 6392 * needed. 6393 */ 6394 dict_T * 6395 get_vim_var_dict(int idx) 6396 { 6397 return vimvars[idx].vv_dict; 6398 } 6399 6400 /* 6401 * Set v:char to character "c". 6402 */ 6403 void 6404 set_vim_var_char(int c) 6405 { 6406 char_u buf[MB_MAXBYTES + 1]; 6407 6408 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 6409 if (has_mbyte) 6410 buf[(*mb_char2bytes)(c, buf)] = NUL; 6411 else 6412 #endif 6413 { 6414 buf[0] = c; 6415 buf[1] = NUL; 6416 } 6417 set_vim_var_string(VV_CHAR, buf, -1); 6418 } 6419 6420 /* 6421 * Set v:count to "count" and v:count1 to "count1". 6422 * When "set_prevcount" is TRUE first set v:prevcount from v:count. 6423 */ 6424 void 6425 set_vcount( 6426 long count, 6427 long count1, 6428 int set_prevcount) 6429 { 6430 if (set_prevcount) 6431 vimvars[VV_PREVCOUNT].vv_nr = vimvars[VV_COUNT].vv_nr; 6432 vimvars[VV_COUNT].vv_nr = count; 6433 vimvars[VV_COUNT1].vv_nr = count1; 6434 } 6435 6436 /* 6437 * Save variables that might be changed as a side effect. Used when executing 6438 * a timer callback. 6439 */ 6440 void 6441 save_vimvars(vimvars_save_T *vvsave) 6442 { 6443 vvsave->vv_prevcount = vimvars[VV_PREVCOUNT].vv_nr; 6444 vvsave->vv_count = vimvars[VV_COUNT].vv_nr; 6445 vvsave->vv_count1 = vimvars[VV_COUNT1].vv_nr; 6446 } 6447 6448 /* 6449 * Restore variables saved by save_vimvars(). 6450 */ 6451 void 6452 restore_vimvars(vimvars_save_T *vvsave) 6453 { 6454 vimvars[VV_PREVCOUNT].vv_nr = vvsave->vv_prevcount; 6455 vimvars[VV_COUNT].vv_nr = vvsave->vv_count; 6456 vimvars[VV_COUNT1].vv_nr = vvsave->vv_count1; 6457 } 6458 6459 /* 6460 * Set string v: variable to a copy of "val". 6461 */ 6462 void 6463 set_vim_var_string( 6464 int idx, 6465 char_u *val, 6466 int len) /* length of "val" to use or -1 (whole string) */ 6467 { 6468 clear_tv(&vimvars[idx].vv_di.di_tv); 6469 vimvars[idx].vv_type = VAR_STRING; 6470 if (val == NULL) 6471 vimvars[idx].vv_str = NULL; 6472 else if (len == -1) 6473 vimvars[idx].vv_str = vim_strsave(val); 6474 else 6475 vimvars[idx].vv_str = vim_strnsave(val, len); 6476 } 6477 6478 /* 6479 * Set List v: variable to "val". 6480 */ 6481 void 6482 set_vim_var_list(int idx, list_T *val) 6483 { 6484 clear_tv(&vimvars[idx].vv_di.di_tv); 6485 vimvars[idx].vv_type = VAR_LIST; 6486 vimvars[idx].vv_list = val; 6487 if (val != NULL) 6488 ++val->lv_refcount; 6489 } 6490 6491 /* 6492 * Set Dictionary v: variable to "val". 6493 */ 6494 void 6495 set_vim_var_dict(int idx, dict_T *val) 6496 { 6497 clear_tv(&vimvars[idx].vv_di.di_tv); 6498 vimvars[idx].vv_type = VAR_DICT; 6499 vimvars[idx].vv_dict = val; 6500 if (val != NULL) 6501 { 6502 ++val->dv_refcount; 6503 dict_set_items_ro(val); 6504 } 6505 } 6506 6507 /* 6508 * Set v:register if needed. 6509 */ 6510 void 6511 set_reg_var(int c) 6512 { 6513 char_u regname; 6514 6515 if (c == 0 || c == ' ') 6516 regname = '"'; 6517 else 6518 regname = c; 6519 /* Avoid free/alloc when the value is already right. */ 6520 if (vimvars[VV_REG].vv_str == NULL || vimvars[VV_REG].vv_str[0] != c) 6521 set_vim_var_string(VV_REG, ®name, 1); 6522 } 6523 6524 /* 6525 * Get or set v:exception. If "oldval" == NULL, return the current value. 6526 * Otherwise, restore the value to "oldval" and return NULL. 6527 * Must always be called in pairs to save and restore v:exception! Does not 6528 * take care of memory allocations. 6529 */ 6530 char_u * 6531 v_exception(char_u *oldval) 6532 { 6533 if (oldval == NULL) 6534 return vimvars[VV_EXCEPTION].vv_str; 6535 6536 vimvars[VV_EXCEPTION].vv_str = oldval; 6537 return NULL; 6538 } 6539 6540 /* 6541 * Get or set v:throwpoint. If "oldval" == NULL, return the current value. 6542 * Otherwise, restore the value to "oldval" and return NULL. 6543 * Must always be called in pairs to save and restore v:throwpoint! Does not 6544 * take care of memory allocations. 6545 */ 6546 char_u * 6547 v_throwpoint(char_u *oldval) 6548 { 6549 if (oldval == NULL) 6550 return vimvars[VV_THROWPOINT].vv_str; 6551 6552 vimvars[VV_THROWPOINT].vv_str = oldval; 6553 return NULL; 6554 } 6555 6556 /* 6557 * Set v:cmdarg. 6558 * If "eap" != NULL, use "eap" to generate the value and return the old value. 6559 * If "oldarg" != NULL, restore the value to "oldarg" and return NULL. 6560 * Must always be called in pairs! 6561 */ 6562 char_u * 6563 set_cmdarg(exarg_T *eap, char_u *oldarg) 6564 { 6565 char_u *oldval; 6566 char_u *newval; 6567 unsigned len; 6568 6569 oldval = vimvars[VV_CMDARG].vv_str; 6570 if (eap == NULL) 6571 { 6572 vim_free(oldval); 6573 vimvars[VV_CMDARG].vv_str = oldarg; 6574 return NULL; 6575 } 6576 6577 if (eap->force_bin == FORCE_BIN) 6578 len = 6; 6579 else if (eap->force_bin == FORCE_NOBIN) 6580 len = 8; 6581 else 6582 len = 0; 6583 6584 if (eap->read_edit) 6585 len += 7; 6586 6587 if (eap->force_ff != 0) 6588 len += 10; /* " ++ff=unix" */ 6589 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 6590 if (eap->force_enc != 0) 6591 len += (unsigned)STRLEN(eap->cmd + eap->force_enc) + 7; 6592 if (eap->bad_char != 0) 6593 len += 7 + 4; /* " ++bad=" + "keep" or "drop" */ 6594 # endif 6595 6596 newval = alloc(len + 1); 6597 if (newval == NULL) 6598 return NULL; 6599 6600 if (eap->force_bin == FORCE_BIN) 6601 sprintf((char *)newval, " ++bin"); 6602 else if (eap->force_bin == FORCE_NOBIN) 6603 sprintf((char *)newval, " ++nobin"); 6604 else 6605 *newval = NUL; 6606 6607 if (eap->read_edit) 6608 STRCAT(newval, " ++edit"); 6609 6610 if (eap->force_ff != 0) 6611 sprintf((char *)newval + STRLEN(newval), " ++ff=%s", 6612 eap->force_ff == 'u' ? "unix" 6613 : eap->force_ff == 'd' ? "dos" 6614 : "mac"); 6615 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 6616 if (eap->force_enc != 0) 6617 sprintf((char *)newval + STRLEN(newval), " ++enc=%s", 6618 eap->cmd + eap->force_enc); 6619 if (eap->bad_char == BAD_KEEP) 6620 STRCPY(newval + STRLEN(newval), " ++bad=keep"); 6621 else if (eap->bad_char == BAD_DROP) 6622 STRCPY(newval + STRLEN(newval), " ++bad=drop"); 6623 else if (eap->bad_char != 0) 6624 sprintf((char *)newval + STRLEN(newval), " ++bad=%c", eap->bad_char); 6625 #endif 6626 vimvars[VV_CMDARG].vv_str = newval; 6627 return oldval; 6628 } 6629 6630 /* 6631 * Get the value of internal variable "name". 6632 * Return OK or FAIL. If OK is returned "rettv" must be cleared. 6633 */ 6634 int 6635 get_var_tv( 6636 char_u *name, 6637 int len, /* length of "name" */ 6638 typval_T *rettv, /* NULL when only checking existence */ 6639 dictitem_T **dip, /* non-NULL when typval's dict item is needed */ 6640 int verbose, /* may give error message */ 6641 int no_autoload) /* do not use script autoloading */ 6642 { 6643 int ret = OK; 6644 typval_T *tv = NULL; 6645 dictitem_T *v; 6646 int cc; 6647 6648 /* truncate the name, so that we can use strcmp() */ 6649 cc = name[len]; 6650 name[len] = NUL; 6651 6652 /* 6653 * Check for user-defined variables. 6654 */ 6655 v = find_var(name, NULL, no_autoload); 6656 if (v != NULL) 6657 { 6658 tv = &v->di_tv; 6659 if (dip != NULL) 6660 *dip = v; 6661 } 6662 6663 if (tv == NULL) 6664 { 6665 if (rettv != NULL && verbose) 6666 EMSG2(_(e_undefvar), name); 6667 ret = FAIL; 6668 } 6669 else if (rettv != NULL) 6670 copy_tv(tv, rettv); 6671 6672 name[len] = cc; 6673 6674 return ret; 6675 } 6676 6677 /* 6678 * Check if variable "name[len]" is a local variable or an argument. 6679 * If so, "*eval_lavars_used" is set to TRUE. 6680 */ 6681 static void 6682 check_vars(char_u *name, int len) 6683 { 6684 int cc; 6685 char_u *varname; 6686 hashtab_T *ht; 6687 6688 if (eval_lavars_used == NULL) 6689 return; 6690 6691 /* truncate the name, so that we can use strcmp() */ 6692 cc = name[len]; 6693 name[len] = NUL; 6694 6695 ht = find_var_ht(name, &varname); 6696 if (ht == get_funccal_local_ht() || ht == get_funccal_args_ht()) 6697 { 6698 if (find_var(name, NULL, TRUE) != NULL) 6699 *eval_lavars_used = TRUE; 6700 } 6701 6702 name[len] = cc; 6703 } 6704 6705 /* 6706 * Handle expr[expr], expr[expr:expr] subscript and .name lookup. 6707 * Also handle function call with Funcref variable: func(expr) 6708 * Can all be combined: dict.func(expr)[idx]['func'](expr) 6709 */ 6710 int 6711 handle_subscript( 6712 char_u **arg, 6713 typval_T *rettv, 6714 int evaluate, /* do more than finding the end */ 6715 int verbose) /* give error messages */ 6716 { 6717 int ret = OK; 6718 dict_T *selfdict = NULL; 6719 char_u *s; 6720 int len; 6721 typval_T functv; 6722 6723 while (ret == OK 6724 && (**arg == '[' 6725 || (**arg == '.' && rettv->v_type == VAR_DICT) 6726 || (**arg == '(' && (!evaluate || rettv->v_type == VAR_FUNC 6727 || rettv->v_type == VAR_PARTIAL))) 6728 && !VIM_ISWHITE(*(*arg - 1))) 6729 { 6730 if (**arg == '(') 6731 { 6732 partial_T *pt = NULL; 6733 6734 /* need to copy the funcref so that we can clear rettv */ 6735 if (evaluate) 6736 { 6737 functv = *rettv; 6738 rettv->v_type = VAR_UNKNOWN; 6739 6740 /* Invoke the function. Recursive! */ 6741 if (functv.v_type == VAR_PARTIAL) 6742 { 6743 pt = functv.vval.v_partial; 6744 s = partial_name(pt); 6745 } 6746 else 6747 s = functv.vval.v_string; 6748 } 6749 else 6750 s = (char_u *)""; 6751 ret = get_func_tv(s, (int)STRLEN(s), rettv, arg, 6752 curwin->w_cursor.lnum, curwin->w_cursor.lnum, 6753 &len, evaluate, pt, selfdict); 6754 6755 /* Clear the funcref afterwards, so that deleting it while 6756 * evaluating the arguments is possible (see test55). */ 6757 if (evaluate) 6758 clear_tv(&functv); 6759 6760 /* Stop the expression evaluation when immediately aborting on 6761 * error, or when an interrupt occurred or an exception was thrown 6762 * but not caught. */ 6763 if (aborting()) 6764 { 6765 if (ret == OK) 6766 clear_tv(rettv); 6767 ret = FAIL; 6768 } 6769 dict_unref(selfdict); 6770 selfdict = NULL; 6771 } 6772 else /* **arg == '[' || **arg == '.' */ 6773 { 6774 dict_unref(selfdict); 6775 if (rettv->v_type == VAR_DICT) 6776 { 6777 selfdict = rettv->vval.v_dict; 6778 if (selfdict != NULL) 6779 ++selfdict->dv_refcount; 6780 } 6781 else 6782 selfdict = NULL; 6783 if (eval_index(arg, rettv, evaluate, verbose) == FAIL) 6784 { 6785 clear_tv(rettv); 6786 ret = FAIL; 6787 } 6788 } 6789 } 6790 6791 /* Turn "dict.Func" into a partial for "Func" bound to "dict". 6792 * Don't do this when "Func" is already a partial that was bound 6793 * explicitly (pt_auto is FALSE). */ 6794 if (selfdict != NULL 6795 && (rettv->v_type == VAR_FUNC 6796 || (rettv->v_type == VAR_PARTIAL 6797 && (rettv->vval.v_partial->pt_auto 6798 || rettv->vval.v_partial->pt_dict == NULL)))) 6799 selfdict = make_partial(selfdict, rettv); 6800 6801 dict_unref(selfdict); 6802 return ret; 6803 } 6804 6805 /* 6806 * Allocate memory for a variable type-value, and make it empty (0 or NULL 6807 * value). 6808 */ 6809 typval_T * 6810 alloc_tv(void) 6811 { 6812 return (typval_T *)alloc_clear((unsigned)sizeof(typval_T)); 6813 } 6814 6815 /* 6816 * Allocate memory for a variable type-value, and assign a string to it. 6817 * The string "s" must have been allocated, it is consumed. 6818 * Return NULL for out of memory, the variable otherwise. 6819 */ 6820 static typval_T * 6821 alloc_string_tv(char_u *s) 6822 { 6823 typval_T *rettv; 6824 6825 rettv = alloc_tv(); 6826 if (rettv != NULL) 6827 { 6828 rettv->v_type = VAR_STRING; 6829 rettv->vval.v_string = s; 6830 } 6831 else 6832 vim_free(s); 6833 return rettv; 6834 } 6835 6836 /* 6837 * Free the memory for a variable type-value. 6838 */ 6839 void 6840 free_tv(typval_T *varp) 6841 { 6842 if (varp != NULL) 6843 { 6844 switch (varp->v_type) 6845 { 6846 case VAR_FUNC: 6847 func_unref(varp->vval.v_string); 6848 /* FALLTHROUGH */ 6849 case VAR_STRING: 6850 vim_free(varp->vval.v_string); 6851 break; 6852 case VAR_PARTIAL: 6853 partial_unref(varp->vval.v_partial); 6854 break; 6855 case VAR_LIST: 6856 list_unref(varp->vval.v_list); 6857 break; 6858 case VAR_DICT: 6859 dict_unref(varp->vval.v_dict); 6860 break; 6861 case VAR_JOB: 6862 #ifdef FEAT_JOB_CHANNEL 6863 job_unref(varp->vval.v_job); 6864 break; 6865 #endif 6866 case VAR_CHANNEL: 6867 #ifdef FEAT_JOB_CHANNEL 6868 channel_unref(varp->vval.v_channel); 6869 break; 6870 #endif 6871 case VAR_NUMBER: 6872 case VAR_FLOAT: 6873 case VAR_UNKNOWN: 6874 case VAR_SPECIAL: 6875 break; 6876 } 6877 vim_free(varp); 6878 } 6879 } 6880 6881 /* 6882 * Free the memory for a variable value and set the value to NULL or 0. 6883 */ 6884 void 6885 clear_tv(typval_T *varp) 6886 { 6887 if (varp != NULL) 6888 { 6889 switch (varp->v_type) 6890 { 6891 case VAR_FUNC: 6892 func_unref(varp->vval.v_string); 6893 /* FALLTHROUGH */ 6894 case VAR_STRING: 6895 VIM_CLEAR(varp->vval.v_string); 6896 break; 6897 case VAR_PARTIAL: 6898 partial_unref(varp->vval.v_partial); 6899 varp->vval.v_partial = NULL; 6900 break; 6901 case VAR_LIST: 6902 list_unref(varp->vval.v_list); 6903 varp->vval.v_list = NULL; 6904 break; 6905 case VAR_DICT: 6906 dict_unref(varp->vval.v_dict); 6907 varp->vval.v_dict = NULL; 6908 break; 6909 case VAR_NUMBER: 6910 case VAR_SPECIAL: 6911 varp->vval.v_number = 0; 6912 break; 6913 case VAR_FLOAT: 6914 #ifdef FEAT_FLOAT 6915 varp->vval.v_float = 0.0; 6916 break; 6917 #endif 6918 case VAR_JOB: 6919 #ifdef FEAT_JOB_CHANNEL 6920 job_unref(varp->vval.v_job); 6921 varp->vval.v_job = NULL; 6922 #endif 6923 break; 6924 case VAR_CHANNEL: 6925 #ifdef FEAT_JOB_CHANNEL 6926 channel_unref(varp->vval.v_channel); 6927 varp->vval.v_channel = NULL; 6928 #endif 6929 case VAR_UNKNOWN: 6930 break; 6931 } 6932 varp->v_lock = 0; 6933 } 6934 } 6935 6936 /* 6937 * Set the value of a variable to NULL without freeing items. 6938 */ 6939 void 6940 init_tv(typval_T *varp) 6941 { 6942 if (varp != NULL) 6943 vim_memset(varp, 0, sizeof(typval_T)); 6944 } 6945 6946 /* 6947 * Get the number value of a variable. 6948 * If it is a String variable, uses vim_str2nr(). 6949 * For incompatible types, return 0. 6950 * get_tv_number_chk() is similar to get_tv_number(), but informs the 6951 * caller of incompatible types: it sets *denote to TRUE if "denote" 6952 * is not NULL or returns -1 otherwise. 6953 */ 6954 varnumber_T 6955 get_tv_number(typval_T *varp) 6956 { 6957 int error = FALSE; 6958 6959 return get_tv_number_chk(varp, &error); /* return 0L on error */ 6960 } 6961 6962 varnumber_T 6963 get_tv_number_chk(typval_T *varp, int *denote) 6964 { 6965 varnumber_T n = 0L; 6966 6967 switch (varp->v_type) 6968 { 6969 case VAR_NUMBER: 6970 return varp->vval.v_number; 6971 case VAR_FLOAT: 6972 #ifdef FEAT_FLOAT 6973 EMSG(_("E805: Using a Float as a Number")); 6974 break; 6975 #endif 6976 case VAR_FUNC: 6977 case VAR_PARTIAL: 6978 EMSG(_("E703: Using a Funcref as a Number")); 6979 break; 6980 case VAR_STRING: 6981 if (varp->vval.v_string != NULL) 6982 vim_str2nr(varp->vval.v_string, NULL, NULL, 6983 STR2NR_ALL, &n, NULL, 0); 6984 return n; 6985 case VAR_LIST: 6986 EMSG(_("E745: Using a List as a Number")); 6987 break; 6988 case VAR_DICT: 6989 EMSG(_("E728: Using a Dictionary as a Number")); 6990 break; 6991 case VAR_SPECIAL: 6992 return varp->vval.v_number == VVAL_TRUE ? 1 : 0; 6993 break; 6994 case VAR_JOB: 6995 #ifdef FEAT_JOB_CHANNEL 6996 EMSG(_("E910: Using a Job as a Number")); 6997 break; 6998 #endif 6999 case VAR_CHANNEL: 7000 #ifdef FEAT_JOB_CHANNEL 7001 EMSG(_("E913: Using a Channel as a Number")); 7002 break; 7003 #endif 7004 case VAR_UNKNOWN: 7005 internal_error("get_tv_number(UNKNOWN)"); 7006 break; 7007 } 7008 if (denote == NULL) /* useful for values that must be unsigned */ 7009 n = -1; 7010 else 7011 *denote = TRUE; 7012 return n; 7013 } 7014 7015 #ifdef FEAT_FLOAT 7016 float_T 7017 get_tv_float(typval_T *varp) 7018 { 7019 switch (varp->v_type) 7020 { 7021 case VAR_NUMBER: 7022 return (float_T)(varp->vval.v_number); 7023 case VAR_FLOAT: 7024 return varp->vval.v_float; 7025 case VAR_FUNC: 7026 case VAR_PARTIAL: 7027 EMSG(_("E891: Using a Funcref as a Float")); 7028 break; 7029 case VAR_STRING: 7030 EMSG(_("E892: Using a String as a Float")); 7031 break; 7032 case VAR_LIST: 7033 EMSG(_("E893: Using a List as a Float")); 7034 break; 7035 case VAR_DICT: 7036 EMSG(_("E894: Using a Dictionary as a Float")); 7037 break; 7038 case VAR_SPECIAL: 7039 EMSG(_("E907: Using a special value as a Float")); 7040 break; 7041 case VAR_JOB: 7042 # ifdef FEAT_JOB_CHANNEL 7043 EMSG(_("E911: Using a Job as a Float")); 7044 break; 7045 # endif 7046 case VAR_CHANNEL: 7047 # ifdef FEAT_JOB_CHANNEL 7048 EMSG(_("E914: Using a Channel as a Float")); 7049 break; 7050 # endif 7051 case VAR_UNKNOWN: 7052 internal_error("get_tv_float(UNKNOWN)"); 7053 break; 7054 } 7055 return 0; 7056 } 7057 #endif 7058 7059 /* 7060 * Get the string value of a variable. 7061 * If it is a Number variable, the number is converted into a string. 7062 * get_tv_string() uses a single, static buffer. YOU CAN ONLY USE IT ONCE! 7063 * get_tv_string_buf() uses a given buffer. 7064 * If the String variable has never been set, return an empty string. 7065 * Never returns NULL; 7066 * get_tv_string_chk() and get_tv_string_buf_chk() are similar, but return 7067 * NULL on error. 7068 */ 7069 char_u * 7070 get_tv_string(typval_T *varp) 7071 { 7072 static char_u mybuf[NUMBUFLEN]; 7073 7074 return get_tv_string_buf(varp, mybuf); 7075 } 7076 7077 char_u * 7078 get_tv_string_buf(typval_T *varp, char_u *buf) 7079 { 7080 char_u *res = get_tv_string_buf_chk(varp, buf); 7081 7082 return res != NULL ? res : (char_u *)""; 7083 } 7084 7085 /* 7086 * Careful: This uses a single, static buffer. YOU CAN ONLY USE IT ONCE! 7087 */ 7088 char_u * 7089 get_tv_string_chk(typval_T *varp) 7090 { 7091 static char_u mybuf[NUMBUFLEN]; 7092 7093 return get_tv_string_buf_chk(varp, mybuf); 7094 } 7095 7096 char_u * 7097 get_tv_string_buf_chk(typval_T *varp, char_u *buf) 7098 { 7099 switch (varp->v_type) 7100 { 7101 case VAR_NUMBER: 7102 vim_snprintf((char *)buf, NUMBUFLEN, "%lld", 7103 (long long)varp->vval.v_number); 7104 return buf; 7105 case VAR_FUNC: 7106 case VAR_PARTIAL: 7107 EMSG(_("E729: using Funcref as a String")); 7108 break; 7109 case VAR_LIST: 7110 EMSG(_("E730: using List as a String")); 7111 break; 7112 case VAR_DICT: 7113 EMSG(_("E731: using Dictionary as a String")); 7114 break; 7115 case VAR_FLOAT: 7116 #ifdef FEAT_FLOAT 7117 EMSG(_(e_float_as_string)); 7118 break; 7119 #endif 7120 case VAR_STRING: 7121 if (varp->vval.v_string != NULL) 7122 return varp->vval.v_string; 7123 return (char_u *)""; 7124 case VAR_SPECIAL: 7125 STRCPY(buf, get_var_special_name(varp->vval.v_number)); 7126 return buf; 7127 case VAR_JOB: 7128 #ifdef FEAT_JOB_CHANNEL 7129 { 7130 job_T *job = varp->vval.v_job; 7131 char *status; 7132 7133 if (job == NULL) 7134 return (char_u *)"no process"; 7135 status = job->jv_status == JOB_FAILED ? "fail" 7136 : job->jv_status >= JOB_ENDED ? "dead" 7137 : "run"; 7138 # ifdef UNIX 7139 vim_snprintf((char *)buf, NUMBUFLEN, 7140 "process %ld %s", (long)job->jv_pid, status); 7141 # elif defined(WIN32) 7142 vim_snprintf((char *)buf, NUMBUFLEN, 7143 "process %ld %s", 7144 (long)job->jv_proc_info.dwProcessId, 7145 status); 7146 # else 7147 /* fall-back */ 7148 vim_snprintf((char *)buf, NUMBUFLEN, "process ? %s", status); 7149 # endif 7150 return buf; 7151 } 7152 #endif 7153 break; 7154 case VAR_CHANNEL: 7155 #ifdef FEAT_JOB_CHANNEL 7156 { 7157 channel_T *channel = varp->vval.v_channel; 7158 char *status = channel_status(channel, -1); 7159 7160 if (channel == NULL) 7161 vim_snprintf((char *)buf, NUMBUFLEN, "channel %s", status); 7162 else 7163 vim_snprintf((char *)buf, NUMBUFLEN, 7164 "channel %d %s", channel->ch_id, status); 7165 return buf; 7166 } 7167 #endif 7168 break; 7169 case VAR_UNKNOWN: 7170 EMSG(_("E908: using an invalid value as a String")); 7171 break; 7172 } 7173 return NULL; 7174 } 7175 7176 /* 7177 * Find variable "name" in the list of variables. 7178 * Return a pointer to it if found, NULL if not found. 7179 * Careful: "a:0" variables don't have a name. 7180 * When "htp" is not NULL we are writing to the variable, set "htp" to the 7181 * hashtab_T used. 7182 */ 7183 dictitem_T * 7184 find_var(char_u *name, hashtab_T **htp, int no_autoload) 7185 { 7186 char_u *varname; 7187 hashtab_T *ht; 7188 dictitem_T *ret = NULL; 7189 7190 ht = find_var_ht(name, &varname); 7191 if (htp != NULL) 7192 *htp = ht; 7193 if (ht == NULL) 7194 return NULL; 7195 ret = find_var_in_ht(ht, *name, varname, no_autoload || htp != NULL); 7196 if (ret != NULL) 7197 return ret; 7198 7199 /* Search in parent scope for lambda */ 7200 return find_var_in_scoped_ht(name, no_autoload || htp != NULL); 7201 } 7202 7203 /* 7204 * Find variable "varname" in hashtab "ht" with name "htname". 7205 * Returns NULL if not found. 7206 */ 7207 dictitem_T * 7208 find_var_in_ht( 7209 hashtab_T *ht, 7210 int htname, 7211 char_u *varname, 7212 int no_autoload) 7213 { 7214 hashitem_T *hi; 7215 7216 if (*varname == NUL) 7217 { 7218 /* Must be something like "s:", otherwise "ht" would be NULL. */ 7219 switch (htname) 7220 { 7221 case 's': return &SCRIPT_SV(current_SID)->sv_var; 7222 case 'g': return &globvars_var; 7223 case 'v': return &vimvars_var; 7224 case 'b': return &curbuf->b_bufvar; 7225 case 'w': return &curwin->w_winvar; 7226 case 't': return &curtab->tp_winvar; 7227 case 'l': return get_funccal_local_var(); 7228 case 'a': return get_funccal_args_var(); 7229 } 7230 return NULL; 7231 } 7232 7233 hi = hash_find(ht, varname); 7234 if (HASHITEM_EMPTY(hi)) 7235 { 7236 /* For global variables we may try auto-loading the script. If it 7237 * worked find the variable again. Don't auto-load a script if it was 7238 * loaded already, otherwise it would be loaded every time when 7239 * checking if a function name is a Funcref variable. */ 7240 if (ht == &globvarht && !no_autoload) 7241 { 7242 /* Note: script_autoload() may make "hi" invalid. It must either 7243 * be obtained again or not used. */ 7244 if (!script_autoload(varname, FALSE) || aborting()) 7245 return NULL; 7246 hi = hash_find(ht, varname); 7247 } 7248 if (HASHITEM_EMPTY(hi)) 7249 return NULL; 7250 } 7251 return HI2DI(hi); 7252 } 7253 7254 /* 7255 * Find the hashtab used for a variable name. 7256 * Return NULL if the name is not valid. 7257 * Set "varname" to the start of name without ':'. 7258 */ 7259 hashtab_T * 7260 find_var_ht(char_u *name, char_u **varname) 7261 { 7262 hashitem_T *hi; 7263 hashtab_T *ht; 7264 7265 if (name[0] == NUL) 7266 return NULL; 7267 if (name[1] != ':') 7268 { 7269 /* The name must not start with a colon or #. */ 7270 if (name[0] == ':' || name[0] == AUTOLOAD_CHAR) 7271 return NULL; 7272 *varname = name; 7273 7274 /* "version" is "v:version" in all scopes */ 7275 hi = hash_find(&compat_hashtab, name); 7276 if (!HASHITEM_EMPTY(hi)) 7277 return &compat_hashtab; 7278 7279 ht = get_funccal_local_ht(); 7280 if (ht == NULL) 7281 return &globvarht; /* global variable */ 7282 return ht; /* local variable */ 7283 } 7284 *varname = name + 2; 7285 if (*name == 'g') /* global variable */ 7286 return &globvarht; 7287 /* There must be no ':' or '#' in the rest of the name, unless g: is used 7288 */ 7289 if (vim_strchr(name + 2, ':') != NULL 7290 || vim_strchr(name + 2, AUTOLOAD_CHAR) != NULL) 7291 return NULL; 7292 if (*name == 'b') /* buffer variable */ 7293 return &curbuf->b_vars->dv_hashtab; 7294 if (*name == 'w') /* window variable */ 7295 return &curwin->w_vars->dv_hashtab; 7296 if (*name == 't') /* tab page variable */ 7297 return &curtab->tp_vars->dv_hashtab; 7298 if (*name == 'v') /* v: variable */ 7299 return &vimvarht; 7300 if (*name == 'a') /* a: function argument */ 7301 return get_funccal_args_ht(); 7302 if (*name == 'l') /* l: local function variable */ 7303 return get_funccal_local_ht(); 7304 if (*name == 's' /* script variable */ 7305 && current_SID > 0 && current_SID <= ga_scripts.ga_len) 7306 return &SCRIPT_VARS(current_SID); 7307 return NULL; 7308 } 7309 7310 /* 7311 * Get the string value of a (global/local) variable. 7312 * Note: see get_tv_string() for how long the pointer remains valid. 7313 * Returns NULL when it doesn't exist. 7314 */ 7315 char_u * 7316 get_var_value(char_u *name) 7317 { 7318 dictitem_T *v; 7319 7320 v = find_var(name, NULL, FALSE); 7321 if (v == NULL) 7322 return NULL; 7323 return get_tv_string(&v->di_tv); 7324 } 7325 7326 /* 7327 * Allocate a new hashtab for a sourced script. It will be used while 7328 * sourcing this script and when executing functions defined in the script. 7329 */ 7330 void 7331 new_script_vars(scid_T id) 7332 { 7333 int i; 7334 hashtab_T *ht; 7335 scriptvar_T *sv; 7336 7337 if (ga_grow(&ga_scripts, (int)(id - ga_scripts.ga_len)) == OK) 7338 { 7339 /* Re-allocating ga_data means that an ht_array pointing to 7340 * ht_smallarray becomes invalid. We can recognize this: ht_mask is 7341 * at its init value. Also reset "v_dict", it's always the same. */ 7342 for (i = 1; i <= ga_scripts.ga_len; ++i) 7343 { 7344 ht = &SCRIPT_VARS(i); 7345 if (ht->ht_mask == HT_INIT_SIZE - 1) 7346 ht->ht_array = ht->ht_smallarray; 7347 sv = SCRIPT_SV(i); 7348 sv->sv_var.di_tv.vval.v_dict = &sv->sv_dict; 7349 } 7350 7351 while (ga_scripts.ga_len < id) 7352 { 7353 sv = SCRIPT_SV(ga_scripts.ga_len + 1) = 7354 (scriptvar_T *)alloc_clear(sizeof(scriptvar_T)); 7355 init_var_dict(&sv->sv_dict, &sv->sv_var, VAR_SCOPE); 7356 ++ga_scripts.ga_len; 7357 } 7358 } 7359 } 7360 7361 /* 7362 * Initialize dictionary "dict" as a scope and set variable "dict_var" to 7363 * point to it. 7364 */ 7365 void 7366 init_var_dict(dict_T *dict, dictitem_T *dict_var, int scope) 7367 { 7368 hash_init(&dict->dv_hashtab); 7369 dict->dv_lock = 0; 7370 dict->dv_scope = scope; 7371 dict->dv_refcount = DO_NOT_FREE_CNT; 7372 dict->dv_copyID = 0; 7373 dict_var->di_tv.vval.v_dict = dict; 7374 dict_var->di_tv.v_type = VAR_DICT; 7375 dict_var->di_tv.v_lock = VAR_FIXED; 7376 dict_var->di_flags = DI_FLAGS_RO | DI_FLAGS_FIX; 7377 dict_var->di_key[0] = NUL; 7378 } 7379 7380 /* 7381 * Unreference a dictionary initialized by init_var_dict(). 7382 */ 7383 void 7384 unref_var_dict(dict_T *dict) 7385 { 7386 /* Now the dict needs to be freed if no one else is using it, go back to 7387 * normal reference counting. */ 7388 dict->dv_refcount -= DO_NOT_FREE_CNT - 1; 7389 dict_unref(dict); 7390 } 7391 7392 /* 7393 * Clean up a list of internal variables. 7394 * Frees all allocated variables and the value they contain. 7395 * Clears hashtab "ht", does not free it. 7396 */ 7397 void 7398 vars_clear(hashtab_T *ht) 7399 { 7400 vars_clear_ext(ht, TRUE); 7401 } 7402 7403 /* 7404 * Like vars_clear(), but only free the value if "free_val" is TRUE. 7405 */ 7406 void 7407 vars_clear_ext(hashtab_T *ht, int free_val) 7408 { 7409 int todo; 7410 hashitem_T *hi; 7411 dictitem_T *v; 7412 7413 hash_lock(ht); 7414 todo = (int)ht->ht_used; 7415 for (hi = ht->ht_array; todo > 0; ++hi) 7416 { 7417 if (!HASHITEM_EMPTY(hi)) 7418 { 7419 --todo; 7420 7421 /* Free the variable. Don't remove it from the hashtab, 7422 * ht_array might change then. hash_clear() takes care of it 7423 * later. */ 7424 v = HI2DI(hi); 7425 if (free_val) 7426 clear_tv(&v->di_tv); 7427 if (v->di_flags & DI_FLAGS_ALLOC) 7428 vim_free(v); 7429 } 7430 } 7431 hash_clear(ht); 7432 ht->ht_used = 0; 7433 } 7434 7435 /* 7436 * Delete a variable from hashtab "ht" at item "hi". 7437 * Clear the variable value and free the dictitem. 7438 */ 7439 static void 7440 delete_var(hashtab_T *ht, hashitem_T *hi) 7441 { 7442 dictitem_T *di = HI2DI(hi); 7443 7444 hash_remove(ht, hi); 7445 clear_tv(&di->di_tv); 7446 vim_free(di); 7447 } 7448 7449 /* 7450 * List the value of one internal variable. 7451 */ 7452 static void 7453 list_one_var(dictitem_T *v, char_u *prefix, int *first) 7454 { 7455 char_u *tofree; 7456 char_u *s; 7457 char_u numbuf[NUMBUFLEN]; 7458 7459 s = echo_string(&v->di_tv, &tofree, numbuf, get_copyID()); 7460 list_one_var_a(prefix, v->di_key, v->di_tv.v_type, 7461 s == NULL ? (char_u *)"" : s, first); 7462 vim_free(tofree); 7463 } 7464 7465 static void 7466 list_one_var_a( 7467 char_u *prefix, 7468 char_u *name, 7469 int type, 7470 char_u *string, 7471 int *first) /* when TRUE clear rest of screen and set to FALSE */ 7472 { 7473 /* don't use msg() or msg_attr() to avoid overwriting "v:statusmsg" */ 7474 msg_start(); 7475 msg_puts(prefix); 7476 if (name != NULL) /* "a:" vars don't have a name stored */ 7477 msg_puts(name); 7478 msg_putchar(' '); 7479 msg_advance(22); 7480 if (type == VAR_NUMBER) 7481 msg_putchar('#'); 7482 else if (type == VAR_FUNC || type == VAR_PARTIAL) 7483 msg_putchar('*'); 7484 else if (type == VAR_LIST) 7485 { 7486 msg_putchar('['); 7487 if (*string == '[') 7488 ++string; 7489 } 7490 else if (type == VAR_DICT) 7491 { 7492 msg_putchar('{'); 7493 if (*string == '{') 7494 ++string; 7495 } 7496 else 7497 msg_putchar(' '); 7498 7499 msg_outtrans(string); 7500 7501 if (type == VAR_FUNC || type == VAR_PARTIAL) 7502 msg_puts((char_u *)"()"); 7503 if (*first) 7504 { 7505 msg_clr_eos(); 7506 *first = FALSE; 7507 } 7508 } 7509 7510 /* 7511 * Set variable "name" to value in "tv". 7512 * If the variable already exists, the value is updated. 7513 * Otherwise the variable is created. 7514 */ 7515 void 7516 set_var( 7517 char_u *name, 7518 typval_T *tv, 7519 int copy) /* make copy of value in "tv" */ 7520 { 7521 dictitem_T *v; 7522 char_u *varname; 7523 hashtab_T *ht; 7524 7525 ht = find_var_ht(name, &varname); 7526 if (ht == NULL || *varname == NUL) 7527 { 7528 EMSG2(_(e_illvar), name); 7529 return; 7530 } 7531 v = find_var_in_ht(ht, 0, varname, TRUE); 7532 7533 /* Search in parent scope which is possible to reference from lambda */ 7534 if (v == NULL) 7535 v = find_var_in_scoped_ht(name, TRUE); 7536 7537 if ((tv->v_type == VAR_FUNC || tv->v_type == VAR_PARTIAL) 7538 && var_check_func_name(name, v == NULL)) 7539 return; 7540 7541 if (v != NULL) 7542 { 7543 /* existing variable, need to clear the value */ 7544 if (var_check_ro(v->di_flags, name, FALSE) 7545 || tv_check_lock(v->di_tv.v_lock, name, FALSE)) 7546 return; 7547 7548 /* 7549 * Handle setting internal v: variables separately where needed to 7550 * prevent changing the type. 7551 */ 7552 if (ht == &vimvarht) 7553 { 7554 if (v->di_tv.v_type == VAR_STRING) 7555 { 7556 vim_free(v->di_tv.vval.v_string); 7557 if (copy || tv->v_type != VAR_STRING) 7558 v->di_tv.vval.v_string = vim_strsave(get_tv_string(tv)); 7559 else 7560 { 7561 /* Take over the string to avoid an extra alloc/free. */ 7562 v->di_tv.vval.v_string = tv->vval.v_string; 7563 tv->vval.v_string = NULL; 7564 } 7565 return; 7566 } 7567 else if (v->di_tv.v_type == VAR_NUMBER) 7568 { 7569 v->di_tv.vval.v_number = get_tv_number(tv); 7570 if (STRCMP(varname, "searchforward") == 0) 7571 set_search_direction(v->di_tv.vval.v_number ? '/' : '?'); 7572 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA 7573 else if (STRCMP(varname, "hlsearch") == 0) 7574 { 7575 no_hlsearch = !v->di_tv.vval.v_number; 7576 redraw_all_later(SOME_VALID); 7577 } 7578 #endif 7579 return; 7580 } 7581 else if (v->di_tv.v_type != tv->v_type) 7582 internal_error("set_var()"); 7583 } 7584 7585 clear_tv(&v->di_tv); 7586 } 7587 else /* add a new variable */ 7588 { 7589 /* Can't add "v:" variable. */ 7590 if (ht == &vimvarht) 7591 { 7592 EMSG2(_(e_illvar), name); 7593 return; 7594 } 7595 7596 /* Make sure the variable name is valid. */ 7597 if (!valid_varname(varname)) 7598 return; 7599 7600 v = (dictitem_T *)alloc((unsigned)(sizeof(dictitem_T) 7601 + STRLEN(varname))); 7602 if (v == NULL) 7603 return; 7604 STRCPY(v->di_key, varname); 7605 if (hash_add(ht, DI2HIKEY(v)) == FAIL) 7606 { 7607 vim_free(v); 7608 return; 7609 } 7610 v->di_flags = DI_FLAGS_ALLOC; 7611 } 7612 7613 if (copy || tv->v_type == VAR_NUMBER || tv->v_type == VAR_FLOAT) 7614 copy_tv(tv, &v->di_tv); 7615 else 7616 { 7617 v->di_tv = *tv; 7618 v->di_tv.v_lock = 0; 7619 init_tv(tv); 7620 } 7621 } 7622 7623 /* 7624 * Return TRUE if di_flags "flags" indicates variable "name" is read-only. 7625 * Also give an error message. 7626 */ 7627 int 7628 var_check_ro(int flags, char_u *name, int use_gettext) 7629 { 7630 if (flags & DI_FLAGS_RO) 7631 { 7632 EMSG2(_(e_readonlyvar), use_gettext ? (char_u *)_(name) : name); 7633 return TRUE; 7634 } 7635 if ((flags & DI_FLAGS_RO_SBX) && sandbox) 7636 { 7637 EMSG2(_(e_readonlysbx), use_gettext ? (char_u *)_(name) : name); 7638 return TRUE; 7639 } 7640 return FALSE; 7641 } 7642 7643 /* 7644 * Return TRUE if di_flags "flags" indicates variable "name" is fixed. 7645 * Also give an error message. 7646 */ 7647 int 7648 var_check_fixed(int flags, char_u *name, int use_gettext) 7649 { 7650 if (flags & DI_FLAGS_FIX) 7651 { 7652 EMSG2(_("E795: Cannot delete variable %s"), 7653 use_gettext ? (char_u *)_(name) : name); 7654 return TRUE; 7655 } 7656 return FALSE; 7657 } 7658 7659 /* 7660 * Check if a funcref is assigned to a valid variable name. 7661 * Return TRUE and give an error if not. 7662 */ 7663 int 7664 var_check_func_name( 7665 char_u *name, /* points to start of variable name */ 7666 int new_var) /* TRUE when creating the variable */ 7667 { 7668 /* Allow for w: b: s: and t:. */ 7669 if (!(vim_strchr((char_u *)"wbst", name[0]) != NULL && name[1] == ':') 7670 && !ASCII_ISUPPER((name[0] != NUL && name[1] == ':') 7671 ? name[2] : name[0])) 7672 { 7673 EMSG2(_("E704: Funcref variable name must start with a capital: %s"), 7674 name); 7675 return TRUE; 7676 } 7677 /* Don't allow hiding a function. When "v" is not NULL we might be 7678 * assigning another function to the same var, the type is checked 7679 * below. */ 7680 if (new_var && function_exists(name, FALSE)) 7681 { 7682 EMSG2(_("E705: Variable name conflicts with existing function: %s"), 7683 name); 7684 return TRUE; 7685 } 7686 return FALSE; 7687 } 7688 7689 /* 7690 * Check if a variable name is valid. 7691 * Return FALSE and give an error if not. 7692 */ 7693 int 7694 valid_varname(char_u *varname) 7695 { 7696 char_u *p; 7697 7698 for (p = varname; *p != NUL; ++p) 7699 if (!eval_isnamec1(*p) && (p == varname || !VIM_ISDIGIT(*p)) 7700 && *p != AUTOLOAD_CHAR) 7701 { 7702 EMSG2(_(e_illvar), varname); 7703 return FALSE; 7704 } 7705 return TRUE; 7706 } 7707 7708 /* 7709 * Return TRUE if typeval "tv" is set to be locked (immutable). 7710 * Also give an error message, using "name" or _("name") when use_gettext is 7711 * TRUE. 7712 */ 7713 int 7714 tv_check_lock(int lock, char_u *name, int use_gettext) 7715 { 7716 if (lock & VAR_LOCKED) 7717 { 7718 EMSG2(_("E741: Value is locked: %s"), 7719 name == NULL ? (char_u *)_("Unknown") 7720 : use_gettext ? (char_u *)_(name) 7721 : name); 7722 return TRUE; 7723 } 7724 if (lock & VAR_FIXED) 7725 { 7726 EMSG2(_("E742: Cannot change value of %s"), 7727 name == NULL ? (char_u *)_("Unknown") 7728 : use_gettext ? (char_u *)_(name) 7729 : name); 7730 return TRUE; 7731 } 7732 return FALSE; 7733 } 7734 7735 /* 7736 * Copy the values from typval_T "from" to typval_T "to". 7737 * When needed allocates string or increases reference count. 7738 * Does not make a copy of a list or dict but copies the reference! 7739 * It is OK for "from" and "to" to point to the same item. This is used to 7740 * make a copy later. 7741 */ 7742 void 7743 copy_tv(typval_T *from, typval_T *to) 7744 { 7745 to->v_type = from->v_type; 7746 to->v_lock = 0; 7747 switch (from->v_type) 7748 { 7749 case VAR_NUMBER: 7750 case VAR_SPECIAL: 7751 to->vval.v_number = from->vval.v_number; 7752 break; 7753 case VAR_FLOAT: 7754 #ifdef FEAT_FLOAT 7755 to->vval.v_float = from->vval.v_float; 7756 break; 7757 #endif 7758 case VAR_JOB: 7759 #ifdef FEAT_JOB_CHANNEL 7760 to->vval.v_job = from->vval.v_job; 7761 if (to->vval.v_job != NULL) 7762 ++to->vval.v_job->jv_refcount; 7763 break; 7764 #endif 7765 case VAR_CHANNEL: 7766 #ifdef FEAT_JOB_CHANNEL 7767 to->vval.v_channel = from->vval.v_channel; 7768 if (to->vval.v_channel != NULL) 7769 ++to->vval.v_channel->ch_refcount; 7770 break; 7771 #endif 7772 case VAR_STRING: 7773 case VAR_FUNC: 7774 if (from->vval.v_string == NULL) 7775 to->vval.v_string = NULL; 7776 else 7777 { 7778 to->vval.v_string = vim_strsave(from->vval.v_string); 7779 if (from->v_type == VAR_FUNC) 7780 func_ref(to->vval.v_string); 7781 } 7782 break; 7783 case VAR_PARTIAL: 7784 if (from->vval.v_partial == NULL) 7785 to->vval.v_partial = NULL; 7786 else 7787 { 7788 to->vval.v_partial = from->vval.v_partial; 7789 ++to->vval.v_partial->pt_refcount; 7790 } 7791 break; 7792 case VAR_LIST: 7793 if (from->vval.v_list == NULL) 7794 to->vval.v_list = NULL; 7795 else 7796 { 7797 to->vval.v_list = from->vval.v_list; 7798 ++to->vval.v_list->lv_refcount; 7799 } 7800 break; 7801 case VAR_DICT: 7802 if (from->vval.v_dict == NULL) 7803 to->vval.v_dict = NULL; 7804 else 7805 { 7806 to->vval.v_dict = from->vval.v_dict; 7807 ++to->vval.v_dict->dv_refcount; 7808 } 7809 break; 7810 case VAR_UNKNOWN: 7811 internal_error("copy_tv(UNKNOWN)"); 7812 break; 7813 } 7814 } 7815 7816 /* 7817 * Make a copy of an item. 7818 * Lists and Dictionaries are also copied. A deep copy if "deep" is set. 7819 * For deepcopy() "copyID" is zero for a full copy or the ID for when a 7820 * reference to an already copied list/dict can be used. 7821 * Returns FAIL or OK. 7822 */ 7823 int 7824 item_copy( 7825 typval_T *from, 7826 typval_T *to, 7827 int deep, 7828 int copyID) 7829 { 7830 static int recurse = 0; 7831 int ret = OK; 7832 7833 if (recurse >= DICT_MAXNEST) 7834 { 7835 EMSG(_("E698: variable nested too deep for making a copy")); 7836 return FAIL; 7837 } 7838 ++recurse; 7839 7840 switch (from->v_type) 7841 { 7842 case VAR_NUMBER: 7843 case VAR_FLOAT: 7844 case VAR_STRING: 7845 case VAR_FUNC: 7846 case VAR_PARTIAL: 7847 case VAR_SPECIAL: 7848 case VAR_JOB: 7849 case VAR_CHANNEL: 7850 copy_tv(from, to); 7851 break; 7852 case VAR_LIST: 7853 to->v_type = VAR_LIST; 7854 to->v_lock = 0; 7855 if (from->vval.v_list == NULL) 7856 to->vval.v_list = NULL; 7857 else if (copyID != 0 && from->vval.v_list->lv_copyID == copyID) 7858 { 7859 /* use the copy made earlier */ 7860 to->vval.v_list = from->vval.v_list->lv_copylist; 7861 ++to->vval.v_list->lv_refcount; 7862 } 7863 else 7864 to->vval.v_list = list_copy(from->vval.v_list, deep, copyID); 7865 if (to->vval.v_list == NULL) 7866 ret = FAIL; 7867 break; 7868 case VAR_DICT: 7869 to->v_type = VAR_DICT; 7870 to->v_lock = 0; 7871 if (from->vval.v_dict == NULL) 7872 to->vval.v_dict = NULL; 7873 else if (copyID != 0 && from->vval.v_dict->dv_copyID == copyID) 7874 { 7875 /* use the copy made earlier */ 7876 to->vval.v_dict = from->vval.v_dict->dv_copydict; 7877 ++to->vval.v_dict->dv_refcount; 7878 } 7879 else 7880 to->vval.v_dict = dict_copy(from->vval.v_dict, deep, copyID); 7881 if (to->vval.v_dict == NULL) 7882 ret = FAIL; 7883 break; 7884 case VAR_UNKNOWN: 7885 internal_error("item_copy(UNKNOWN)"); 7886 ret = FAIL; 7887 } 7888 --recurse; 7889 return ret; 7890 } 7891 7892 /* 7893 * This function is used by f_input() and f_inputdialog() functions. The third 7894 * argument to f_input() specifies the type of completion to use at the 7895 * prompt. The third argument to f_inputdialog() specifies the value to return 7896 * when the user cancels the prompt. 7897 */ 7898 void 7899 get_user_input( 7900 typval_T *argvars, 7901 typval_T *rettv, 7902 int inputdialog, 7903 int secret) 7904 { 7905 char_u *prompt = get_tv_string_chk(&argvars[0]); 7906 char_u *p = NULL; 7907 int c; 7908 char_u buf[NUMBUFLEN]; 7909 int cmd_silent_save = cmd_silent; 7910 char_u *defstr = (char_u *)""; 7911 int xp_type = EXPAND_NOTHING; 7912 char_u *xp_arg = NULL; 7913 7914 rettv->v_type = VAR_STRING; 7915 rettv->vval.v_string = NULL; 7916 7917 #ifdef NO_CONSOLE_INPUT 7918 /* While starting up, there is no place to enter text. When running tests 7919 * with --not-a-term we assume feedkeys() will be used. */ 7920 if (no_console_input() && !is_not_a_term()) 7921 return; 7922 #endif 7923 7924 cmd_silent = FALSE; /* Want to see the prompt. */ 7925 if (prompt != NULL) 7926 { 7927 /* Only the part of the message after the last NL is considered as 7928 * prompt for the command line */ 7929 p = vim_strrchr(prompt, '\n'); 7930 if (p == NULL) 7931 p = prompt; 7932 else 7933 { 7934 ++p; 7935 c = *p; 7936 *p = NUL; 7937 msg_start(); 7938 msg_clr_eos(); 7939 msg_puts_attr(prompt, echo_attr); 7940 msg_didout = FALSE; 7941 msg_starthere(); 7942 *p = c; 7943 } 7944 cmdline_row = msg_row; 7945 7946 if (argvars[1].v_type != VAR_UNKNOWN) 7947 { 7948 defstr = get_tv_string_buf_chk(&argvars[1], buf); 7949 if (defstr != NULL) 7950 stuffReadbuffSpec(defstr); 7951 7952 if (!inputdialog && argvars[2].v_type != VAR_UNKNOWN) 7953 { 7954 char_u *xp_name; 7955 int xp_namelen; 7956 long argt; 7957 7958 /* input() with a third argument: completion */ 7959 rettv->vval.v_string = NULL; 7960 7961 xp_name = get_tv_string_buf_chk(&argvars[2], buf); 7962 if (xp_name == NULL) 7963 return; 7964 7965 xp_namelen = (int)STRLEN(xp_name); 7966 7967 if (parse_compl_arg(xp_name, xp_namelen, &xp_type, &argt, 7968 &xp_arg) == FAIL) 7969 return; 7970 } 7971 } 7972 7973 if (defstr != NULL) 7974 { 7975 int save_ex_normal_busy = ex_normal_busy; 7976 ex_normal_busy = 0; 7977 rettv->vval.v_string = 7978 getcmdline_prompt(secret ? NUL : '@', p, echo_attr, 7979 xp_type, xp_arg); 7980 ex_normal_busy = save_ex_normal_busy; 7981 } 7982 if (inputdialog && rettv->vval.v_string == NULL 7983 && argvars[1].v_type != VAR_UNKNOWN 7984 && argvars[2].v_type != VAR_UNKNOWN) 7985 rettv->vval.v_string = vim_strsave(get_tv_string_buf( 7986 &argvars[2], buf)); 7987 7988 vim_free(xp_arg); 7989 7990 /* since the user typed this, no need to wait for return */ 7991 need_wait_return = FALSE; 7992 msg_didout = FALSE; 7993 } 7994 cmd_silent = cmd_silent_save; 7995 } 7996 7997 /* 7998 * ":echo expr1 ..." print each argument separated with a space, add a 7999 * newline at the end. 8000 * ":echon expr1 ..." print each argument plain. 8001 */ 8002 void 8003 ex_echo(exarg_T *eap) 8004 { 8005 char_u *arg = eap->arg; 8006 typval_T rettv; 8007 char_u *tofree; 8008 char_u *p; 8009 int needclr = TRUE; 8010 int atstart = TRUE; 8011 char_u numbuf[NUMBUFLEN]; 8012 8013 if (eap->skip) 8014 ++emsg_skip; 8015 while (*arg != NUL && *arg != '|' && *arg != '\n' && !got_int) 8016 { 8017 /* If eval1() causes an error message the text from the command may 8018 * still need to be cleared. E.g., "echo 22,44". */ 8019 need_clr_eos = needclr; 8020 8021 p = arg; 8022 if (eval1(&arg, &rettv, !eap->skip) == FAIL) 8023 { 8024 /* 8025 * Report the invalid expression unless the expression evaluation 8026 * has been cancelled due to an aborting error, an interrupt, or an 8027 * exception. 8028 */ 8029 if (!aborting()) 8030 EMSG2(_(e_invexpr2), p); 8031 need_clr_eos = FALSE; 8032 break; 8033 } 8034 need_clr_eos = FALSE; 8035 8036 if (!eap->skip) 8037 { 8038 if (atstart) 8039 { 8040 atstart = FALSE; 8041 /* Call msg_start() after eval1(), evaluating the expression 8042 * may cause a message to appear. */ 8043 if (eap->cmdidx == CMD_echo) 8044 { 8045 /* Mark the saved text as finishing the line, so that what 8046 * follows is displayed on a new line when scrolling back 8047 * at the more prompt. */ 8048 msg_sb_eol(); 8049 msg_start(); 8050 } 8051 } 8052 else if (eap->cmdidx == CMD_echo) 8053 msg_puts_attr((char_u *)" ", echo_attr); 8054 p = echo_string(&rettv, &tofree, numbuf, get_copyID()); 8055 if (p != NULL) 8056 for ( ; *p != NUL && !got_int; ++p) 8057 { 8058 if (*p == '\n' || *p == '\r' || *p == TAB) 8059 { 8060 if (*p != TAB && needclr) 8061 { 8062 /* remove any text still there from the command */ 8063 msg_clr_eos(); 8064 needclr = FALSE; 8065 } 8066 msg_putchar_attr(*p, echo_attr); 8067 } 8068 else 8069 { 8070 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 8071 if (has_mbyte) 8072 { 8073 int i = (*mb_ptr2len)(p); 8074 8075 (void)msg_outtrans_len_attr(p, i, echo_attr); 8076 p += i - 1; 8077 } 8078 else 8079 #endif 8080 (void)msg_outtrans_len_attr(p, 1, echo_attr); 8081 } 8082 } 8083 vim_free(tofree); 8084 } 8085 clear_tv(&rettv); 8086 arg = skipwhite(arg); 8087 } 8088 eap->nextcmd = check_nextcmd(arg); 8089 8090 if (eap->skip) 8091 --emsg_skip; 8092 else 8093 { 8094 /* remove text that may still be there from the command */ 8095 if (needclr) 8096 msg_clr_eos(); 8097 if (eap->cmdidx == CMD_echo) 8098 msg_end(); 8099 } 8100 } 8101 8102 /* 8103 * ":echohl {name}". 8104 */ 8105 void 8106 ex_echohl(exarg_T *eap) 8107 { 8108 echo_attr = syn_name2attr(eap->arg); 8109 } 8110 8111 /* 8112 * ":execute expr1 ..." execute the result of an expression. 8113 * ":echomsg expr1 ..." Print a message 8114 * ":echoerr expr1 ..." Print an error 8115 * Each gets spaces around each argument and a newline at the end for 8116 * echo commands 8117 */ 8118 void 8119 ex_execute(exarg_T *eap) 8120 { 8121 char_u *arg = eap->arg; 8122 typval_T rettv; 8123 int ret = OK; 8124 char_u *p; 8125 garray_T ga; 8126 int len; 8127 int save_did_emsg; 8128 8129 ga_init2(&ga, 1, 80); 8130 8131 if (eap->skip) 8132 ++emsg_skip; 8133 while (*arg != NUL && *arg != '|' && *arg != '\n') 8134 { 8135 p = arg; 8136 if (eval1(&arg, &rettv, !eap->skip) == FAIL) 8137 { 8138 /* 8139 * Report the invalid expression unless the expression evaluation 8140 * has been cancelled due to an aborting error, an interrupt, or an 8141 * exception. 8142 */ 8143 if (!aborting()) 8144 EMSG2(_(e_invexpr2), p); 8145 ret = FAIL; 8146 break; 8147 } 8148 8149 if (!eap->skip) 8150 { 8151 p = get_tv_string(&rettv); 8152 len = (int)STRLEN(p); 8153 if (ga_grow(&ga, len + 2) == FAIL) 8154 { 8155 clear_tv(&rettv); 8156 ret = FAIL; 8157 break; 8158 } 8159 if (ga.ga_len) 8160 ((char_u *)(ga.ga_data))[ga.ga_len++] = ' '; 8161 STRCPY((char_u *)(ga.ga_data) + ga.ga_len, p); 8162 ga.ga_len += len; 8163 } 8164 8165 clear_tv(&rettv); 8166 arg = skipwhite(arg); 8167 } 8168 8169 if (ret != FAIL && ga.ga_data != NULL) 8170 { 8171 if (eap->cmdidx == CMD_echomsg || eap->cmdidx == CMD_echoerr) 8172 { 8173 /* Mark the already saved text as finishing the line, so that what 8174 * follows is displayed on a new line when scrolling back at the 8175 * more prompt. */ 8176 msg_sb_eol(); 8177 } 8178 8179 if (eap->cmdidx == CMD_echomsg) 8180 { 8181 MSG_ATTR(ga.ga_data, echo_attr); 8182 out_flush(); 8183 } 8184 else if (eap->cmdidx == CMD_echoerr) 8185 { 8186 /* We don't want to abort following commands, restore did_emsg. */ 8187 save_did_emsg = did_emsg; 8188 EMSG((char_u *)ga.ga_data); 8189 if (!force_abort) 8190 did_emsg = save_did_emsg; 8191 } 8192 else if (eap->cmdidx == CMD_execute) 8193 do_cmdline((char_u *)ga.ga_data, 8194 eap->getline, eap->cookie, DOCMD_NOWAIT|DOCMD_VERBOSE); 8195 } 8196 8197 ga_clear(&ga); 8198 8199 if (eap->skip) 8200 --emsg_skip; 8201 8202 eap->nextcmd = check_nextcmd(arg); 8203 } 8204 8205 /* 8206 * Find window specified by "vp" in tabpage "tp". 8207 */ 8208 win_T * 8209 find_win_by_nr( 8210 typval_T *vp, 8211 tabpage_T *tp) /* NULL for current tab page */ 8212 { 8213 win_T *wp; 8214 int nr; 8215 8216 nr = (int)get_tv_number_chk(vp, NULL); 8217 8218 if (nr < 0) 8219 return NULL; 8220 if (nr == 0) 8221 return curwin; 8222 8223 FOR_ALL_WINDOWS_IN_TAB(tp, wp) 8224 { 8225 if (nr >= LOWEST_WIN_ID) 8226 { 8227 if (wp->w_id == nr) 8228 return wp; 8229 } 8230 else if (--nr <= 0) 8231 break; 8232 } 8233 if (nr >= LOWEST_WIN_ID) 8234 return NULL; 8235 return wp; 8236 } 8237 8238 /* 8239 * Find window specified by "wvp" in tabpage "tvp". 8240 */ 8241 win_T * 8242 find_tabwin( 8243 typval_T *wvp, /* VAR_UNKNOWN for current window */ 8244 typval_T *tvp) /* VAR_UNKNOWN for current tab page */ 8245 { 8246 win_T *wp = NULL; 8247 tabpage_T *tp = NULL; 8248 long n; 8249 8250 if (wvp->v_type != VAR_UNKNOWN) 8251 { 8252 if (tvp->v_type != VAR_UNKNOWN) 8253 { 8254 n = (long)get_tv_number(tvp); 8255 if (n >= 0) 8256 tp = find_tabpage(n); 8257 } 8258 else 8259 tp = curtab; 8260 8261 if (tp != NULL) 8262 wp = find_win_by_nr(wvp, tp); 8263 } 8264 else 8265 wp = curwin; 8266 8267 return wp; 8268 } 8269 8270 /* 8271 * getwinvar() and gettabwinvar() 8272 */ 8273 void 8274 getwinvar( 8275 typval_T *argvars, 8276 typval_T *rettv, 8277 int off) /* 1 for gettabwinvar() */ 8278 { 8279 win_T *win; 8280 char_u *varname; 8281 dictitem_T *v; 8282 tabpage_T *tp = NULL; 8283 int done = FALSE; 8284 win_T *oldcurwin; 8285 tabpage_T *oldtabpage; 8286 int need_switch_win; 8287 8288 if (off == 1) 8289 tp = find_tabpage((int)get_tv_number_chk(&argvars[0], NULL)); 8290 else 8291 tp = curtab; 8292 win = find_win_by_nr(&argvars[off], tp); 8293 varname = get_tv_string_chk(&argvars[off + 1]); 8294 ++emsg_off; 8295 8296 rettv->v_type = VAR_STRING; 8297 rettv->vval.v_string = NULL; 8298 8299 if (win != NULL && varname != NULL) 8300 { 8301 /* Set curwin to be our win, temporarily. Also set the tabpage, 8302 * otherwise the window is not valid. Only do this when needed, 8303 * autocommands get blocked. */ 8304 need_switch_win = !(tp == curtab && win == curwin); 8305 if (!need_switch_win 8306 || switch_win(&oldcurwin, &oldtabpage, win, tp, TRUE) == OK) 8307 { 8308 if (*varname == '&') 8309 { 8310 if (varname[1] == NUL) 8311 { 8312 /* get all window-local options in a dict */ 8313 dict_T *opts = get_winbuf_options(FALSE); 8314 8315 if (opts != NULL) 8316 { 8317 rettv_dict_set(rettv, opts); 8318 done = TRUE; 8319 } 8320 } 8321 else if (get_option_tv(&varname, rettv, 1) == OK) 8322 /* window-local-option */ 8323 done = TRUE; 8324 } 8325 else 8326 { 8327 /* Look up the variable. */ 8328 /* Let getwinvar({nr}, "") return the "w:" dictionary. */ 8329 v = find_var_in_ht(&win->w_vars->dv_hashtab, 'w', 8330 varname, FALSE); 8331 if (v != NULL) 8332 { 8333 copy_tv(&v->di_tv, rettv); 8334 done = TRUE; 8335 } 8336 } 8337 } 8338 8339 if (need_switch_win) 8340 /* restore previous notion of curwin */ 8341 restore_win(oldcurwin, oldtabpage, TRUE); 8342 } 8343 8344 if (!done && argvars[off + 2].v_type != VAR_UNKNOWN) 8345 /* use the default return value */ 8346 copy_tv(&argvars[off + 2], rettv); 8347 8348 --emsg_off; 8349 } 8350 8351 /* 8352 * "setwinvar()" and "settabwinvar()" functions 8353 */ 8354 void 8355 setwinvar(typval_T *argvars, typval_T *rettv UNUSED, int off) 8356 { 8357 win_T *win; 8358 win_T *save_curwin; 8359 tabpage_T *save_curtab; 8360 int need_switch_win; 8361 char_u *varname, *winvarname; 8362 typval_T *varp; 8363 char_u nbuf[NUMBUFLEN]; 8364 tabpage_T *tp = NULL; 8365 8366 if (check_restricted() || check_secure()) 8367 return; 8368 8369 if (off == 1) 8370 tp = find_tabpage((int)get_tv_number_chk(&argvars[0], NULL)); 8371 else 8372 tp = curtab; 8373 win = find_win_by_nr(&argvars[off], tp); 8374 varname = get_tv_string_chk(&argvars[off + 1]); 8375 varp = &argvars[off + 2]; 8376 8377 if (win != NULL && varname != NULL && varp != NULL) 8378 { 8379 need_switch_win = !(tp == curtab && win == curwin); 8380 if (!need_switch_win 8381 || switch_win(&save_curwin, &save_curtab, win, tp, TRUE) == OK) 8382 { 8383 if (*varname == '&') 8384 { 8385 long numval; 8386 char_u *strval; 8387 int error = FALSE; 8388 8389 ++varname; 8390 numval = (long)get_tv_number_chk(varp, &error); 8391 strval = get_tv_string_buf_chk(varp, nbuf); 8392 if (!error && strval != NULL) 8393 set_option_value(varname, numval, strval, OPT_LOCAL); 8394 } 8395 else 8396 { 8397 winvarname = alloc((unsigned)STRLEN(varname) + 3); 8398 if (winvarname != NULL) 8399 { 8400 STRCPY(winvarname, "w:"); 8401 STRCPY(winvarname + 2, varname); 8402 set_var(winvarname, varp, TRUE); 8403 vim_free(winvarname); 8404 } 8405 } 8406 } 8407 if (need_switch_win) 8408 restore_win(save_curwin, save_curtab, TRUE); 8409 } 8410 } 8411 8412 /* 8413 * Skip over the name of an option: "&option", "&g:option" or "&l:option". 8414 * "arg" points to the "&" or '+' when called, to "option" when returning. 8415 * Returns NULL when no option name found. Otherwise pointer to the char 8416 * after the option name. 8417 */ 8418 static char_u * 8419 find_option_end(char_u **arg, int *opt_flags) 8420 { 8421 char_u *p = *arg; 8422 8423 ++p; 8424 if (*p == 'g' && p[1] == ':') 8425 { 8426 *opt_flags = OPT_GLOBAL; 8427 p += 2; 8428 } 8429 else if (*p == 'l' && p[1] == ':') 8430 { 8431 *opt_flags = OPT_LOCAL; 8432 p += 2; 8433 } 8434 else 8435 *opt_flags = 0; 8436 8437 if (!ASCII_ISALPHA(*p)) 8438 return NULL; 8439 *arg = p; 8440 8441 if (p[0] == 't' && p[1] == '_' && p[2] != NUL && p[3] != NUL) 8442 p += 4; /* termcap option */ 8443 else 8444 while (ASCII_ISALPHA(*p)) 8445 ++p; 8446 return p; 8447 } 8448 8449 /* 8450 * Return the autoload script name for a function or variable name. 8451 * Returns NULL when out of memory. 8452 */ 8453 char_u * 8454 autoload_name(char_u *name) 8455 { 8456 char_u *p; 8457 char_u *scriptname; 8458 8459 /* Get the script file name: replace '#' with '/', append ".vim". */ 8460 scriptname = alloc((unsigned)(STRLEN(name) + 14)); 8461 if (scriptname == NULL) 8462 return FALSE; 8463 STRCPY(scriptname, "autoload/"); 8464 STRCAT(scriptname, name); 8465 *vim_strrchr(scriptname, AUTOLOAD_CHAR) = NUL; 8466 STRCAT(scriptname, ".vim"); 8467 while ((p = vim_strchr(scriptname, AUTOLOAD_CHAR)) != NULL) 8468 *p = '/'; 8469 return scriptname; 8470 } 8471 8472 /* 8473 * If "name" has a package name try autoloading the script for it. 8474 * Return TRUE if a package was loaded. 8475 */ 8476 int 8477 script_autoload( 8478 char_u *name, 8479 int reload) /* load script again when already loaded */ 8480 { 8481 char_u *p; 8482 char_u *scriptname, *tofree; 8483 int ret = FALSE; 8484 int i; 8485 8486 /* If there is no '#' after name[0] there is no package name. */ 8487 p = vim_strchr(name, AUTOLOAD_CHAR); 8488 if (p == NULL || p == name) 8489 return FALSE; 8490 8491 tofree = scriptname = autoload_name(name); 8492 8493 /* Find the name in the list of previously loaded package names. Skip 8494 * "autoload/", it's always the same. */ 8495 for (i = 0; i < ga_loaded.ga_len; ++i) 8496 if (STRCMP(((char_u **)ga_loaded.ga_data)[i] + 9, scriptname + 9) == 0) 8497 break; 8498 if (!reload && i < ga_loaded.ga_len) 8499 ret = FALSE; /* was loaded already */ 8500 else 8501 { 8502 /* Remember the name if it wasn't loaded already. */ 8503 if (i == ga_loaded.ga_len && ga_grow(&ga_loaded, 1) == OK) 8504 { 8505 ((char_u **)ga_loaded.ga_data)[ga_loaded.ga_len++] = scriptname; 8506 tofree = NULL; 8507 } 8508 8509 /* Try loading the package from $VIMRUNTIME/autoload/<name>.vim */ 8510 if (source_runtime(scriptname, 0) == OK) 8511 ret = TRUE; 8512 } 8513 8514 vim_free(tofree); 8515 return ret; 8516 } 8517 8518 #if defined(FEAT_VIMINFO) || defined(FEAT_SESSION) 8519 typedef enum 8520 { 8521 VAR_FLAVOUR_DEFAULT, /* doesn't start with uppercase */ 8522 VAR_FLAVOUR_SESSION, /* starts with uppercase, some lower */ 8523 VAR_FLAVOUR_VIMINFO /* all uppercase */ 8524 } var_flavour_T; 8525 8526 static var_flavour_T var_flavour(char_u *varname); 8527 8528 static var_flavour_T 8529 var_flavour(char_u *varname) 8530 { 8531 char_u *p = varname; 8532 8533 if (ASCII_ISUPPER(*p)) 8534 { 8535 while (*(++p)) 8536 if (ASCII_ISLOWER(*p)) 8537 return VAR_FLAVOUR_SESSION; 8538 return VAR_FLAVOUR_VIMINFO; 8539 } 8540 else 8541 return VAR_FLAVOUR_DEFAULT; 8542 } 8543 #endif 8544 8545 #if defined(FEAT_VIMINFO) || defined(PROTO) 8546 /* 8547 * Restore global vars that start with a capital from the viminfo file 8548 */ 8549 int 8550 read_viminfo_varlist(vir_T *virp, int writing) 8551 { 8552 char_u *tab; 8553 int type = VAR_NUMBER; 8554 typval_T tv; 8555 void *save_funccal; 8556 8557 if (!writing && (find_viminfo_parameter('!') != NULL)) 8558 { 8559 tab = vim_strchr(virp->vir_line + 1, '\t'); 8560 if (tab != NULL) 8561 { 8562 *tab++ = '\0'; /* isolate the variable name */ 8563 switch (*tab) 8564 { 8565 case 'S': type = VAR_STRING; break; 8566 #ifdef FEAT_FLOAT 8567 case 'F': type = VAR_FLOAT; break; 8568 #endif 8569 case 'D': type = VAR_DICT; break; 8570 case 'L': type = VAR_LIST; break; 8571 case 'X': type = VAR_SPECIAL; break; 8572 } 8573 8574 tab = vim_strchr(tab, '\t'); 8575 if (tab != NULL) 8576 { 8577 tv.v_type = type; 8578 if (type == VAR_STRING || type == VAR_DICT || type == VAR_LIST) 8579 tv.vval.v_string = viminfo_readstring(virp, 8580 (int)(tab - virp->vir_line + 1), TRUE); 8581 #ifdef FEAT_FLOAT 8582 else if (type == VAR_FLOAT) 8583 (void)string2float(tab + 1, &tv.vval.v_float); 8584 #endif 8585 else 8586 tv.vval.v_number = atol((char *)tab + 1); 8587 if (type == VAR_DICT || type == VAR_LIST) 8588 { 8589 typval_T *etv = eval_expr(tv.vval.v_string, NULL); 8590 8591 if (etv == NULL) 8592 /* Failed to parse back the dict or list, use it as a 8593 * string. */ 8594 tv.v_type = VAR_STRING; 8595 else 8596 { 8597 vim_free(tv.vval.v_string); 8598 tv = *etv; 8599 vim_free(etv); 8600 } 8601 } 8602 8603 /* when in a function use global variables */ 8604 save_funccal = clear_current_funccal(); 8605 set_var(virp->vir_line + 1, &tv, FALSE); 8606 restore_current_funccal(save_funccal); 8607 8608 if (tv.v_type == VAR_STRING) 8609 vim_free(tv.vval.v_string); 8610 else if (tv.v_type == VAR_DICT || tv.v_type == VAR_LIST) 8611 clear_tv(&tv); 8612 } 8613 } 8614 } 8615 8616 return viminfo_readline(virp); 8617 } 8618 8619 /* 8620 * Write global vars that start with a capital to the viminfo file 8621 */ 8622 void 8623 write_viminfo_varlist(FILE *fp) 8624 { 8625 hashitem_T *hi; 8626 dictitem_T *this_var; 8627 int todo; 8628 char *s = ""; 8629 char_u *p; 8630 char_u *tofree; 8631 char_u numbuf[NUMBUFLEN]; 8632 8633 if (find_viminfo_parameter('!') == NULL) 8634 return; 8635 8636 fputs(_("\n# global variables:\n"), fp); 8637 8638 todo = (int)globvarht.ht_used; 8639 for (hi = globvarht.ht_array; todo > 0; ++hi) 8640 { 8641 if (!HASHITEM_EMPTY(hi)) 8642 { 8643 --todo; 8644 this_var = HI2DI(hi); 8645 if (var_flavour(this_var->di_key) == VAR_FLAVOUR_VIMINFO) 8646 { 8647 switch (this_var->di_tv.v_type) 8648 { 8649 case VAR_STRING: s = "STR"; break; 8650 case VAR_NUMBER: s = "NUM"; break; 8651 case VAR_FLOAT: s = "FLO"; break; 8652 case VAR_DICT: s = "DIC"; break; 8653 case VAR_LIST: s = "LIS"; break; 8654 case VAR_SPECIAL: s = "XPL"; break; 8655 8656 case VAR_UNKNOWN: 8657 case VAR_FUNC: 8658 case VAR_PARTIAL: 8659 case VAR_JOB: 8660 case VAR_CHANNEL: 8661 continue; 8662 } 8663 fprintf(fp, "!%s\t%s\t", this_var->di_key, s); 8664 p = echo_string(&this_var->di_tv, &tofree, numbuf, 0); 8665 if (p != NULL) 8666 viminfo_writestring(fp, p); 8667 vim_free(tofree); 8668 } 8669 } 8670 } 8671 } 8672 #endif 8673 8674 #if defined(FEAT_SESSION) || defined(PROTO) 8675 int 8676 store_session_globals(FILE *fd) 8677 { 8678 hashitem_T *hi; 8679 dictitem_T *this_var; 8680 int todo; 8681 char_u *p, *t; 8682 8683 todo = (int)globvarht.ht_used; 8684 for (hi = globvarht.ht_array; todo > 0; ++hi) 8685 { 8686 if (!HASHITEM_EMPTY(hi)) 8687 { 8688 --todo; 8689 this_var = HI2DI(hi); 8690 if ((this_var->di_tv.v_type == VAR_NUMBER 8691 || this_var->di_tv.v_type == VAR_STRING) 8692 && var_flavour(this_var->di_key) == VAR_FLAVOUR_SESSION) 8693 { 8694 /* Escape special characters with a backslash. Turn a LF and 8695 * CR into \n and \r. */ 8696 p = vim_strsave_escaped(get_tv_string(&this_var->di_tv), 8697 (char_u *)"\\\"\n\r"); 8698 if (p == NULL) /* out of memory */ 8699 break; 8700 for (t = p; *t != NUL; ++t) 8701 if (*t == '\n') 8702 *t = 'n'; 8703 else if (*t == '\r') 8704 *t = 'r'; 8705 if ((fprintf(fd, "let %s = %c%s%c", 8706 this_var->di_key, 8707 (this_var->di_tv.v_type == VAR_STRING) ? '"' 8708 : ' ', 8709 p, 8710 (this_var->di_tv.v_type == VAR_STRING) ? '"' 8711 : ' ') < 0) 8712 || put_eol(fd) == FAIL) 8713 { 8714 vim_free(p); 8715 return FAIL; 8716 } 8717 vim_free(p); 8718 } 8719 #ifdef FEAT_FLOAT 8720 else if (this_var->di_tv.v_type == VAR_FLOAT 8721 && var_flavour(this_var->di_key) == VAR_FLAVOUR_SESSION) 8722 { 8723 float_T f = this_var->di_tv.vval.v_float; 8724 int sign = ' '; 8725 8726 if (f < 0) 8727 { 8728 f = -f; 8729 sign = '-'; 8730 } 8731 if ((fprintf(fd, "let %s = %c%f", 8732 this_var->di_key, sign, f) < 0) 8733 || put_eol(fd) == FAIL) 8734 return FAIL; 8735 } 8736 #endif 8737 } 8738 } 8739 return OK; 8740 } 8741 #endif 8742 8743 /* 8744 * Display script name where an item was last set. 8745 * Should only be invoked when 'verbose' is non-zero. 8746 */ 8747 void 8748 last_set_msg(scid_T scriptID) 8749 { 8750 char_u *p; 8751 8752 if (scriptID != 0) 8753 { 8754 p = home_replace_save(NULL, get_scriptname(scriptID)); 8755 if (p != NULL) 8756 { 8757 verbose_enter(); 8758 MSG_PUTS(_("\n\tLast set from ")); 8759 MSG_PUTS(p); 8760 vim_free(p); 8761 verbose_leave(); 8762 } 8763 } 8764 } 8765 8766 /* reset v:option_new, v:option_old and v:option_type */ 8767 void 8768 reset_v_option_vars(void) 8769 { 8770 set_vim_var_string(VV_OPTION_NEW, NULL, -1); 8771 set_vim_var_string(VV_OPTION_OLD, NULL, -1); 8772 set_vim_var_string(VV_OPTION_TYPE, NULL, -1); 8773 } 8774 8775 /* 8776 * Prepare "gap" for an assert error and add the sourcing position. 8777 */ 8778 void 8779 prepare_assert_error(garray_T *gap) 8780 { 8781 char buf[NUMBUFLEN]; 8782 8783 ga_init2(gap, 1, 100); 8784 if (sourcing_name != NULL) 8785 { 8786 ga_concat(gap, sourcing_name); 8787 if (sourcing_lnum > 0) 8788 ga_concat(gap, (char_u *)" "); 8789 } 8790 if (sourcing_lnum > 0) 8791 { 8792 sprintf(buf, "line %ld", (long)sourcing_lnum); 8793 ga_concat(gap, (char_u *)buf); 8794 } 8795 if (sourcing_name != NULL || sourcing_lnum > 0) 8796 ga_concat(gap, (char_u *)": "); 8797 } 8798 8799 /* 8800 * Add an assert error to v:errors. 8801 */ 8802 void 8803 assert_error(garray_T *gap) 8804 { 8805 struct vimvar *vp = &vimvars[VV_ERRORS]; 8806 8807 if (vp->vv_type != VAR_LIST || vimvars[VV_ERRORS].vv_list == NULL) 8808 /* Make sure v:errors is a list. */ 8809 set_vim_var_list(VV_ERRORS, list_alloc()); 8810 list_append_string(vimvars[VV_ERRORS].vv_list, gap->ga_data, gap->ga_len); 8811 } 8812 8813 int 8814 assert_equal_common(typval_T *argvars, assert_type_T atype) 8815 { 8816 garray_T ga; 8817 8818 if (tv_equal(&argvars[0], &argvars[1], FALSE, FALSE) 8819 != (atype == ASSERT_EQUAL)) 8820 { 8821 prepare_assert_error(&ga); 8822 fill_assert_error(&ga, &argvars[2], NULL, &argvars[0], &argvars[1], 8823 atype); 8824 assert_error(&ga); 8825 ga_clear(&ga); 8826 return 1; 8827 } 8828 return 0; 8829 } 8830 8831 int 8832 assert_equalfile(typval_T *argvars) 8833 { 8834 char_u buf1[NUMBUFLEN]; 8835 char_u buf2[NUMBUFLEN]; 8836 char_u *fname1 = get_tv_string_buf_chk(&argvars[0], buf1); 8837 char_u *fname2 = get_tv_string_buf_chk(&argvars[1], buf2); 8838 garray_T ga; 8839 FILE *fd1; 8840 FILE *fd2; 8841 8842 if (fname1 == NULL || fname2 == NULL) 8843 return 0; 8844 8845 IObuff[0] = NUL; 8846 fd1 = mch_fopen((char *)fname1, READBIN); 8847 if (fd1 == NULL) 8848 { 8849 vim_snprintf((char *)IObuff, IOSIZE, (char *)e_notread, fname1); 8850 } 8851 else 8852 { 8853 fd2 = mch_fopen((char *)fname2, READBIN); 8854 if (fd2 == NULL) 8855 { 8856 fclose(fd1); 8857 vim_snprintf((char *)IObuff, IOSIZE, (char *)e_notread, fname2); 8858 } 8859 else 8860 { 8861 int c1, c2; 8862 long count = 0; 8863 8864 for (;;) 8865 { 8866 c1 = fgetc(fd1); 8867 c2 = fgetc(fd2); 8868 if (c1 == EOF) 8869 { 8870 if (c2 != EOF) 8871 STRCPY(IObuff, "first file is shorter"); 8872 break; 8873 } 8874 else if (c2 == EOF) 8875 { 8876 STRCPY(IObuff, "second file is shorter"); 8877 break; 8878 } 8879 else if (c1 != c2) 8880 { 8881 vim_snprintf((char *)IObuff, IOSIZE, 8882 "difference at byte %ld", count); 8883 break; 8884 } 8885 ++count; 8886 } 8887 fclose(fd1); 8888 fclose(fd2); 8889 } 8890 } 8891 if (IObuff[0] != NUL) 8892 { 8893 prepare_assert_error(&ga); 8894 ga_concat(&ga, IObuff); 8895 assert_error(&ga); 8896 ga_clear(&ga); 8897 return 1; 8898 } 8899 return 0; 8900 } 8901 8902 int 8903 assert_match_common(typval_T *argvars, assert_type_T atype) 8904 { 8905 garray_T ga; 8906 char_u buf1[NUMBUFLEN]; 8907 char_u buf2[NUMBUFLEN]; 8908 char_u *pat = get_tv_string_buf_chk(&argvars[0], buf1); 8909 char_u *text = get_tv_string_buf_chk(&argvars[1], buf2); 8910 8911 if (pat == NULL || text == NULL) 8912 EMSG(_(e_invarg)); 8913 else if (pattern_match(pat, text, FALSE) != (atype == ASSERT_MATCH)) 8914 { 8915 prepare_assert_error(&ga); 8916 fill_assert_error(&ga, &argvars[2], NULL, &argvars[0], &argvars[1], 8917 atype); 8918 assert_error(&ga); 8919 ga_clear(&ga); 8920 return 1; 8921 } 8922 return 0; 8923 } 8924 8925 int 8926 assert_inrange(typval_T *argvars) 8927 { 8928 garray_T ga; 8929 int error = FALSE; 8930 varnumber_T lower = get_tv_number_chk(&argvars[0], &error); 8931 varnumber_T upper = get_tv_number_chk(&argvars[1], &error); 8932 varnumber_T actual = get_tv_number_chk(&argvars[2], &error); 8933 char_u *tofree; 8934 char msg[200]; 8935 char_u numbuf[NUMBUFLEN]; 8936 8937 if (error) 8938 return 0; 8939 if (actual < lower || actual > upper) 8940 { 8941 prepare_assert_error(&ga); 8942 if (argvars[3].v_type != VAR_UNKNOWN) 8943 { 8944 ga_concat(&ga, tv2string(&argvars[3], &tofree, numbuf, 0)); 8945 vim_free(tofree); 8946 } 8947 else 8948 { 8949 vim_snprintf(msg, 200, "Expected range %ld - %ld, but got %ld", 8950 (long)lower, (long)upper, (long)actual); 8951 ga_concat(&ga, (char_u *)msg); 8952 } 8953 assert_error(&ga); 8954 ga_clear(&ga); 8955 return 1; 8956 } 8957 return 0; 8958 } 8959 8960 /* 8961 * Common for assert_true() and assert_false(). 8962 * Return non-zero for failure. 8963 */ 8964 int 8965 assert_bool(typval_T *argvars, int isTrue) 8966 { 8967 int error = FALSE; 8968 garray_T ga; 8969 8970 if (argvars[0].v_type == VAR_SPECIAL 8971 && argvars[0].vval.v_number == (isTrue ? VVAL_TRUE : VVAL_FALSE)) 8972 return 0; 8973 if (argvars[0].v_type != VAR_NUMBER 8974 || (get_tv_number_chk(&argvars[0], &error) == 0) == isTrue 8975 || error) 8976 { 8977 prepare_assert_error(&ga); 8978 fill_assert_error(&ga, &argvars[1], 8979 (char_u *)(isTrue ? "True" : "False"), 8980 NULL, &argvars[0], ASSERT_OTHER); 8981 assert_error(&ga); 8982 ga_clear(&ga); 8983 return 1; 8984 } 8985 return 0; 8986 } 8987 8988 int 8989 assert_report(typval_T *argvars) 8990 { 8991 garray_T ga; 8992 8993 prepare_assert_error(&ga); 8994 ga_concat(&ga, get_tv_string(&argvars[0])); 8995 assert_error(&ga); 8996 ga_clear(&ga); 8997 return 1; 8998 } 8999 9000 int 9001 assert_exception(typval_T *argvars) 9002 { 9003 garray_T ga; 9004 char_u *error = get_tv_string_chk(&argvars[0]); 9005 9006 if (vimvars[VV_EXCEPTION].vv_str == NULL) 9007 { 9008 prepare_assert_error(&ga); 9009 ga_concat(&ga, (char_u *)"v:exception is not set"); 9010 assert_error(&ga); 9011 ga_clear(&ga); 9012 return 1; 9013 } 9014 else if (error != NULL 9015 && strstr((char *)vimvars[VV_EXCEPTION].vv_str, (char *)error) == NULL) 9016 { 9017 prepare_assert_error(&ga); 9018 fill_assert_error(&ga, &argvars[1], NULL, &argvars[0], 9019 &vimvars[VV_EXCEPTION].vv_tv, ASSERT_OTHER); 9020 assert_error(&ga); 9021 ga_clear(&ga); 9022 return 1; 9023 } 9024 return 0; 9025 } 9026 9027 int 9028 assert_beeps(typval_T *argvars) 9029 { 9030 char_u *cmd = get_tv_string_chk(&argvars[0]); 9031 garray_T ga; 9032 int ret = 0; 9033 9034 called_vim_beep = FALSE; 9035 suppress_errthrow = TRUE; 9036 emsg_silent = FALSE; 9037 do_cmdline_cmd(cmd); 9038 if (!called_vim_beep) 9039 { 9040 prepare_assert_error(&ga); 9041 ga_concat(&ga, (char_u *)"command did not beep: "); 9042 ga_concat(&ga, cmd); 9043 assert_error(&ga); 9044 ga_clear(&ga); 9045 ret = 1; 9046 } 9047 9048 suppress_errthrow = FALSE; 9049 emsg_on_display = FALSE; 9050 return ret; 9051 } 9052 9053 int 9054 assert_fails(typval_T *argvars) 9055 { 9056 char_u *cmd = get_tv_string_chk(&argvars[0]); 9057 garray_T ga; 9058 int ret = 0; 9059 9060 called_emsg = FALSE; 9061 suppress_errthrow = TRUE; 9062 emsg_silent = TRUE; 9063 do_cmdline_cmd(cmd); 9064 if (!called_emsg) 9065 { 9066 prepare_assert_error(&ga); 9067 ga_concat(&ga, (char_u *)"command did not fail: "); 9068 ga_concat(&ga, cmd); 9069 assert_error(&ga); 9070 ga_clear(&ga); 9071 ret = 1; 9072 } 9073 else if (argvars[1].v_type != VAR_UNKNOWN) 9074 { 9075 char_u buf[NUMBUFLEN]; 9076 char *error = (char *)get_tv_string_buf_chk(&argvars[1], buf); 9077 9078 if (error == NULL 9079 || strstr((char *)vimvars[VV_ERRMSG].vv_str, error) == NULL) 9080 { 9081 prepare_assert_error(&ga); 9082 fill_assert_error(&ga, &argvars[2], NULL, &argvars[1], 9083 &vimvars[VV_ERRMSG].vv_tv, ASSERT_OTHER); 9084 assert_error(&ga); 9085 ga_clear(&ga); 9086 ret = 1; 9087 } 9088 } 9089 9090 called_emsg = FALSE; 9091 suppress_errthrow = FALSE; 9092 emsg_silent = FALSE; 9093 emsg_on_display = FALSE; 9094 set_vim_var_string(VV_ERRMSG, NULL, 0); 9095 return ret; 9096 } 9097 9098 /* 9099 * Append "str" to "gap", escaping unprintable characters. 9100 * Changes NL to \n, CR to \r, etc. 9101 */ 9102 static void 9103 ga_concat_esc(garray_T *gap, char_u *str) 9104 { 9105 char_u *p; 9106 char_u buf[NUMBUFLEN]; 9107 9108 if (str == NULL) 9109 { 9110 ga_concat(gap, (char_u *)"NULL"); 9111 return; 9112 } 9113 9114 for (p = str; *p != NUL; ++p) 9115 switch (*p) 9116 { 9117 case BS: ga_concat(gap, (char_u *)"\\b"); break; 9118 case ESC: ga_concat(gap, (char_u *)"\\e"); break; 9119 case FF: ga_concat(gap, (char_u *)"\\f"); break; 9120 case NL: ga_concat(gap, (char_u *)"\\n"); break; 9121 case TAB: ga_concat(gap, (char_u *)"\\t"); break; 9122 case CAR: ga_concat(gap, (char_u *)"\\r"); break; 9123 case '\\': ga_concat(gap, (char_u *)"\\\\"); break; 9124 default: 9125 if (*p < ' ') 9126 { 9127 vim_snprintf((char *)buf, NUMBUFLEN, "\\x%02x", *p); 9128 ga_concat(gap, buf); 9129 } 9130 else 9131 ga_append(gap, *p); 9132 break; 9133 } 9134 } 9135 9136 /* 9137 * Fill "gap" with information about an assert error. 9138 */ 9139 void 9140 fill_assert_error( 9141 garray_T *gap, 9142 typval_T *opt_msg_tv, 9143 char_u *exp_str, 9144 typval_T *exp_tv, 9145 typval_T *got_tv, 9146 assert_type_T atype) 9147 { 9148 char_u numbuf[NUMBUFLEN]; 9149 char_u *tofree; 9150 9151 if (opt_msg_tv->v_type != VAR_UNKNOWN) 9152 { 9153 ga_concat(gap, echo_string(opt_msg_tv, &tofree, numbuf, 0)); 9154 vim_free(tofree); 9155 ga_concat(gap, (char_u *)": "); 9156 } 9157 9158 if (atype == ASSERT_MATCH || atype == ASSERT_NOTMATCH) 9159 ga_concat(gap, (char_u *)"Pattern "); 9160 else if (atype == ASSERT_NOTEQUAL) 9161 ga_concat(gap, (char_u *)"Expected not equal to "); 9162 else 9163 ga_concat(gap, (char_u *)"Expected "); 9164 if (exp_str == NULL) 9165 { 9166 ga_concat_esc(gap, tv2string(exp_tv, &tofree, numbuf, 0)); 9167 vim_free(tofree); 9168 } 9169 else 9170 ga_concat_esc(gap, exp_str); 9171 if (atype != ASSERT_NOTEQUAL) 9172 { 9173 if (atype == ASSERT_MATCH) 9174 ga_concat(gap, (char_u *)" does not match "); 9175 else if (atype == ASSERT_NOTMATCH) 9176 ga_concat(gap, (char_u *)" does match "); 9177 else 9178 ga_concat(gap, (char_u *)" but got "); 9179 ga_concat_esc(gap, tv2string(got_tv, &tofree, numbuf, 0)); 9180 vim_free(tofree); 9181 } 9182 } 9183 9184 /* 9185 * Compare "typ1" and "typ2". Put the result in "typ1". 9186 */ 9187 int 9188 typval_compare( 9189 typval_T *typ1, /* first operand */ 9190 typval_T *typ2, /* second operand */ 9191 exptype_T type, /* operator */ 9192 int type_is, /* TRUE for "is" and "isnot" */ 9193 int ic) /* ignore case */ 9194 { 9195 int i; 9196 varnumber_T n1, n2; 9197 char_u *s1, *s2; 9198 char_u buf1[NUMBUFLEN], buf2[NUMBUFLEN]; 9199 9200 if (type_is && typ1->v_type != typ2->v_type) 9201 { 9202 /* For "is" a different type always means FALSE, for "notis" 9203 * it means TRUE. */ 9204 n1 = (type == TYPE_NEQUAL); 9205 } 9206 else if (typ1->v_type == VAR_LIST || typ2->v_type == VAR_LIST) 9207 { 9208 if (type_is) 9209 { 9210 n1 = (typ1->v_type == typ2->v_type 9211 && typ1->vval.v_list == typ2->vval.v_list); 9212 if (type == TYPE_NEQUAL) 9213 n1 = !n1; 9214 } 9215 else if (typ1->v_type != typ2->v_type 9216 || (type != TYPE_EQUAL && type != TYPE_NEQUAL)) 9217 { 9218 if (typ1->v_type != typ2->v_type) 9219 EMSG(_("E691: Can only compare List with List")); 9220 else 9221 EMSG(_("E692: Invalid operation for List")); 9222 clear_tv(typ1); 9223 return FAIL; 9224 } 9225 else 9226 { 9227 /* Compare two Lists for being equal or unequal. */ 9228 n1 = list_equal(typ1->vval.v_list, typ2->vval.v_list, 9229 ic, FALSE); 9230 if (type == TYPE_NEQUAL) 9231 n1 = !n1; 9232 } 9233 } 9234 9235 else if (typ1->v_type == VAR_DICT || typ2->v_type == VAR_DICT) 9236 { 9237 if (type_is) 9238 { 9239 n1 = (typ1->v_type == typ2->v_type 9240 && typ1->vval.v_dict == typ2->vval.v_dict); 9241 if (type == TYPE_NEQUAL) 9242 n1 = !n1; 9243 } 9244 else if (typ1->v_type != typ2->v_type 9245 || (type != TYPE_EQUAL && type != TYPE_NEQUAL)) 9246 { 9247 if (typ1->v_type != typ2->v_type) 9248 EMSG(_("E735: Can only compare Dictionary with Dictionary")); 9249 else 9250 EMSG(_("E736: Invalid operation for Dictionary")); 9251 clear_tv(typ1); 9252 return FAIL; 9253 } 9254 else 9255 { 9256 /* Compare two Dictionaries for being equal or unequal. */ 9257 n1 = dict_equal(typ1->vval.v_dict, typ2->vval.v_dict, 9258 ic, FALSE); 9259 if (type == TYPE_NEQUAL) 9260 n1 = !n1; 9261 } 9262 } 9263 9264 else if (typ1->v_type == VAR_FUNC || typ2->v_type == VAR_FUNC 9265 || typ1->v_type == VAR_PARTIAL || typ2->v_type == VAR_PARTIAL) 9266 { 9267 if (type != TYPE_EQUAL && type != TYPE_NEQUAL) 9268 { 9269 EMSG(_("E694: Invalid operation for Funcrefs")); 9270 clear_tv(typ1); 9271 return FAIL; 9272 } 9273 if ((typ1->v_type == VAR_PARTIAL 9274 && typ1->vval.v_partial == NULL) 9275 || (typ2->v_type == VAR_PARTIAL 9276 && typ2->vval.v_partial == NULL)) 9277 /* when a partial is NULL assume not equal */ 9278 n1 = FALSE; 9279 else if (type_is) 9280 { 9281 if (typ1->v_type == VAR_FUNC && typ2->v_type == VAR_FUNC) 9282 /* strings are considered the same if their value is 9283 * the same */ 9284 n1 = tv_equal(typ1, typ2, ic, FALSE); 9285 else if (typ1->v_type == VAR_PARTIAL 9286 && typ2->v_type == VAR_PARTIAL) 9287 n1 = (typ1->vval.v_partial == typ2->vval.v_partial); 9288 else 9289 n1 = FALSE; 9290 } 9291 else 9292 n1 = tv_equal(typ1, typ2, ic, FALSE); 9293 if (type == TYPE_NEQUAL) 9294 n1 = !n1; 9295 } 9296 9297 #ifdef FEAT_FLOAT 9298 /* 9299 * If one of the two variables is a float, compare as a float. 9300 * When using "=~" or "!~", always compare as string. 9301 */ 9302 else if ((typ1->v_type == VAR_FLOAT || typ2->v_type == VAR_FLOAT) 9303 && type != TYPE_MATCH && type != TYPE_NOMATCH) 9304 { 9305 float_T f1, f2; 9306 9307 if (typ1->v_type == VAR_FLOAT) 9308 f1 = typ1->vval.v_float; 9309 else 9310 f1 = get_tv_number(typ1); 9311 if (typ2->v_type == VAR_FLOAT) 9312 f2 = typ2->vval.v_float; 9313 else 9314 f2 = get_tv_number(typ2); 9315 n1 = FALSE; 9316 switch (type) 9317 { 9318 case TYPE_EQUAL: n1 = (f1 == f2); break; 9319 case TYPE_NEQUAL: n1 = (f1 != f2); break; 9320 case TYPE_GREATER: n1 = (f1 > f2); break; 9321 case TYPE_GEQUAL: n1 = (f1 >= f2); break; 9322 case TYPE_SMALLER: n1 = (f1 < f2); break; 9323 case TYPE_SEQUAL: n1 = (f1 <= f2); break; 9324 case TYPE_UNKNOWN: 9325 case TYPE_MATCH: 9326 case TYPE_NOMATCH: break; /* avoid gcc warning */ 9327 } 9328 } 9329 #endif 9330 9331 /* 9332 * If one of the two variables is a number, compare as a number. 9333 * When using "=~" or "!~", always compare as string. 9334 */ 9335 else if ((typ1->v_type == VAR_NUMBER || typ2->v_type == VAR_NUMBER) 9336 && type != TYPE_MATCH && type != TYPE_NOMATCH) 9337 { 9338 n1 = get_tv_number(typ1); 9339 n2 = get_tv_number(typ2); 9340 switch (type) 9341 { 9342 case TYPE_EQUAL: n1 = (n1 == n2); break; 9343 case TYPE_NEQUAL: n1 = (n1 != n2); break; 9344 case TYPE_GREATER: n1 = (n1 > n2); break; 9345 case TYPE_GEQUAL: n1 = (n1 >= n2); break; 9346 case TYPE_SMALLER: n1 = (n1 < n2); break; 9347 case TYPE_SEQUAL: n1 = (n1 <= n2); break; 9348 case TYPE_UNKNOWN: 9349 case TYPE_MATCH: 9350 case TYPE_NOMATCH: break; /* avoid gcc warning */ 9351 } 9352 } 9353 else 9354 { 9355 s1 = get_tv_string_buf(typ1, buf1); 9356 s2 = get_tv_string_buf(typ2, buf2); 9357 if (type != TYPE_MATCH && type != TYPE_NOMATCH) 9358 i = ic ? MB_STRICMP(s1, s2) : STRCMP(s1, s2); 9359 else 9360 i = 0; 9361 n1 = FALSE; 9362 switch (type) 9363 { 9364 case TYPE_EQUAL: n1 = (i == 0); break; 9365 case TYPE_NEQUAL: n1 = (i != 0); break; 9366 case TYPE_GREATER: n1 = (i > 0); break; 9367 case TYPE_GEQUAL: n1 = (i >= 0); break; 9368 case TYPE_SMALLER: n1 = (i < 0); break; 9369 case TYPE_SEQUAL: n1 = (i <= 0); break; 9370 9371 case TYPE_MATCH: 9372 case TYPE_NOMATCH: 9373 n1 = pattern_match(s2, s1, ic); 9374 if (type == TYPE_NOMATCH) 9375 n1 = !n1; 9376 break; 9377 9378 case TYPE_UNKNOWN: break; /* avoid gcc warning */ 9379 } 9380 } 9381 clear_tv(typ1); 9382 typ1->v_type = VAR_NUMBER; 9383 typ1->vval.v_number = n1; 9384 9385 return OK; 9386 } 9387 9388 char_u * 9389 typval_tostring(arg) 9390 typval_T *arg; 9391 { 9392 char_u *tofree; 9393 char_u numbuf[NUMBUFLEN]; 9394 char_u *ret = NULL; 9395 9396 if (arg == NULL) 9397 return vim_strsave((char_u *)"(does not exist)"); 9398 ret = tv2string(arg, &tofree, numbuf, 0); 9399 /* Make a copy if we have a value but it's not in allocated memory. */ 9400 if (ret != NULL && tofree == NULL) 9401 ret = vim_strsave(ret); 9402 return ret; 9403 } 9404 9405 int 9406 var_exists(char_u *var) 9407 { 9408 char_u *name; 9409 char_u *tofree; 9410 typval_T tv; 9411 int len = 0; 9412 int n = FALSE; 9413 9414 /* get_name_len() takes care of expanding curly braces */ 9415 name = var; 9416 len = get_name_len(&var, &tofree, TRUE, FALSE); 9417 if (len > 0) 9418 { 9419 if (tofree != NULL) 9420 name = tofree; 9421 n = (get_var_tv(name, len, &tv, NULL, FALSE, TRUE) == OK); 9422 if (n) 9423 { 9424 /* handle d.key, l[idx], f(expr) */ 9425 n = (handle_subscript(&var, &tv, TRUE, FALSE) == OK); 9426 if (n) 9427 clear_tv(&tv); 9428 } 9429 } 9430 if (*var != NUL) 9431 n = FALSE; 9432 9433 vim_free(tofree); 9434 return n; 9435 } 9436 9437 #endif /* FEAT_EVAL */ 9438 9439 9440 #if defined(FEAT_MODIFY_FNAME) || defined(FEAT_EVAL) || defined(PROTO) 9441 9442 #ifdef WIN3264 9443 /* 9444 * Functions for ":8" filename modifier: get 8.3 version of a filename. 9445 */ 9446 static int get_short_pathname(char_u **fnamep, char_u **bufp, int *fnamelen); 9447 static int shortpath_for_invalid_fname(char_u **fname, char_u **bufp, int *fnamelen); 9448 static int shortpath_for_partial(char_u **fnamep, char_u **bufp, int *fnamelen); 9449 9450 /* 9451 * Get the short path (8.3) for the filename in "fnamep". 9452 * Only works for a valid file name. 9453 * When the path gets longer "fnamep" is changed and the allocated buffer 9454 * is put in "bufp". 9455 * *fnamelen is the length of "fnamep" and set to 0 for a nonexistent path. 9456 * Returns OK on success, FAIL on failure. 9457 */ 9458 static int 9459 get_short_pathname(char_u **fnamep, char_u **bufp, int *fnamelen) 9460 { 9461 int l, len; 9462 char_u *newbuf; 9463 9464 len = *fnamelen; 9465 l = GetShortPathName((LPSTR)*fnamep, (LPSTR)*fnamep, len); 9466 if (l > len - 1) 9467 { 9468 /* If that doesn't work (not enough space), then save the string 9469 * and try again with a new buffer big enough. */ 9470 newbuf = vim_strnsave(*fnamep, l); 9471 if (newbuf == NULL) 9472 return FAIL; 9473 9474 vim_free(*bufp); 9475 *fnamep = *bufp = newbuf; 9476 9477 /* Really should always succeed, as the buffer is big enough. */ 9478 l = GetShortPathName((LPSTR)*fnamep, (LPSTR)*fnamep, l+1); 9479 } 9480 9481 *fnamelen = l; 9482 return OK; 9483 } 9484 9485 /* 9486 * Get the short path (8.3) for the filename in "fname". The converted 9487 * path is returned in "bufp". 9488 * 9489 * Some of the directories specified in "fname" may not exist. This function 9490 * will shorten the existing directories at the beginning of the path and then 9491 * append the remaining non-existing path. 9492 * 9493 * fname - Pointer to the filename to shorten. On return, contains the 9494 * pointer to the shortened pathname 9495 * bufp - Pointer to an allocated buffer for the filename. 9496 * fnamelen - Length of the filename pointed to by fname 9497 * 9498 * Returns OK on success (or nothing done) and FAIL on failure (out of memory). 9499 */ 9500 static int 9501 shortpath_for_invalid_fname( 9502 char_u **fname, 9503 char_u **bufp, 9504 int *fnamelen) 9505 { 9506 char_u *short_fname, *save_fname, *pbuf_unused; 9507 char_u *endp, *save_endp; 9508 char_u ch; 9509 int old_len, len; 9510 int new_len, sfx_len; 9511 int retval = OK; 9512 9513 /* Make a copy */ 9514 old_len = *fnamelen; 9515 save_fname = vim_strnsave(*fname, old_len); 9516 pbuf_unused = NULL; 9517 short_fname = NULL; 9518 9519 endp = save_fname + old_len - 1; /* Find the end of the copy */ 9520 save_endp = endp; 9521 9522 /* 9523 * Try shortening the supplied path till it succeeds by removing one 9524 * directory at a time from the tail of the path. 9525 */ 9526 len = 0; 9527 for (;;) 9528 { 9529 /* go back one path-separator */ 9530 while (endp > save_fname && !after_pathsep(save_fname, endp + 1)) 9531 --endp; 9532 if (endp <= save_fname) 9533 break; /* processed the complete path */ 9534 9535 /* 9536 * Replace the path separator with a NUL and try to shorten the 9537 * resulting path. 9538 */ 9539 ch = *endp; 9540 *endp = 0; 9541 short_fname = save_fname; 9542 len = (int)STRLEN(short_fname) + 1; 9543 if (get_short_pathname(&short_fname, &pbuf_unused, &len) == FAIL) 9544 { 9545 retval = FAIL; 9546 goto theend; 9547 } 9548 *endp = ch; /* preserve the string */ 9549 9550 if (len > 0) 9551 break; /* successfully shortened the path */ 9552 9553 /* failed to shorten the path. Skip the path separator */ 9554 --endp; 9555 } 9556 9557 if (len > 0) 9558 { 9559 /* 9560 * Succeeded in shortening the path. Now concatenate the shortened 9561 * path with the remaining path at the tail. 9562 */ 9563 9564 /* Compute the length of the new path. */ 9565 sfx_len = (int)(save_endp - endp) + 1; 9566 new_len = len + sfx_len; 9567 9568 *fnamelen = new_len; 9569 vim_free(*bufp); 9570 if (new_len > old_len) 9571 { 9572 /* There is not enough space in the currently allocated string, 9573 * copy it to a buffer big enough. */ 9574 *fname = *bufp = vim_strnsave(short_fname, new_len); 9575 if (*fname == NULL) 9576 { 9577 retval = FAIL; 9578 goto theend; 9579 } 9580 } 9581 else 9582 { 9583 /* Transfer short_fname to the main buffer (it's big enough), 9584 * unless get_short_pathname() did its work in-place. */ 9585 *fname = *bufp = save_fname; 9586 if (short_fname != save_fname) 9587 vim_strncpy(save_fname, short_fname, len); 9588 save_fname = NULL; 9589 } 9590 9591 /* concat the not-shortened part of the path */ 9592 vim_strncpy(*fname + len, endp, sfx_len); 9593 (*fname)[new_len] = NUL; 9594 } 9595 9596 theend: 9597 vim_free(pbuf_unused); 9598 vim_free(save_fname); 9599 9600 return retval; 9601 } 9602 9603 /* 9604 * Get a pathname for a partial path. 9605 * Returns OK for success, FAIL for failure. 9606 */ 9607 static int 9608 shortpath_for_partial( 9609 char_u **fnamep, 9610 char_u **bufp, 9611 int *fnamelen) 9612 { 9613 int sepcount, len, tflen; 9614 char_u *p; 9615 char_u *pbuf, *tfname; 9616 int hasTilde; 9617 9618 /* Count up the path separators from the RHS.. so we know which part 9619 * of the path to return. */ 9620 sepcount = 0; 9621 for (p = *fnamep; p < *fnamep + *fnamelen; MB_PTR_ADV(p)) 9622 if (vim_ispathsep(*p)) 9623 ++sepcount; 9624 9625 /* Need full path first (use expand_env() to remove a "~/") */ 9626 hasTilde = (**fnamep == '~'); 9627 if (hasTilde) 9628 pbuf = tfname = expand_env_save(*fnamep); 9629 else 9630 pbuf = tfname = FullName_save(*fnamep, FALSE); 9631 9632 len = tflen = (int)STRLEN(tfname); 9633 9634 if (get_short_pathname(&tfname, &pbuf, &len) == FAIL) 9635 return FAIL; 9636 9637 if (len == 0) 9638 { 9639 /* Don't have a valid filename, so shorten the rest of the 9640 * path if we can. This CAN give us invalid 8.3 filenames, but 9641 * there's not a lot of point in guessing what it might be. 9642 */ 9643 len = tflen; 9644 if (shortpath_for_invalid_fname(&tfname, &pbuf, &len) == FAIL) 9645 return FAIL; 9646 } 9647 9648 /* Count the paths backward to find the beginning of the desired string. */ 9649 for (p = tfname + len - 1; p >= tfname; --p) 9650 { 9651 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 9652 if (has_mbyte) 9653 p -= mb_head_off(tfname, p); 9654 #endif 9655 if (vim_ispathsep(*p)) 9656 { 9657 if (sepcount == 0 || (hasTilde && sepcount == 1)) 9658 break; 9659 else 9660 sepcount --; 9661 } 9662 } 9663 if (hasTilde) 9664 { 9665 --p; 9666 if (p >= tfname) 9667 *p = '~'; 9668 else 9669 return FAIL; 9670 } 9671 else 9672 ++p; 9673 9674 /* Copy in the string - p indexes into tfname - allocated at pbuf */ 9675 vim_free(*bufp); 9676 *fnamelen = (int)STRLEN(p); 9677 *bufp = pbuf; 9678 *fnamep = p; 9679 9680 return OK; 9681 } 9682 #endif /* WIN3264 */ 9683 9684 /* 9685 * Adjust a filename, according to a string of modifiers. 9686 * *fnamep must be NUL terminated when called. When returning, the length is 9687 * determined by *fnamelen. 9688 * Returns VALID_ flags or -1 for failure. 9689 * When there is an error, *fnamep is set to NULL. 9690 */ 9691 int 9692 modify_fname( 9693 char_u *src, /* string with modifiers */ 9694 int *usedlen, /* characters after src that are used */ 9695 char_u **fnamep, /* file name so far */ 9696 char_u **bufp, /* buffer for allocated file name or NULL */ 9697 int *fnamelen) /* length of fnamep */ 9698 { 9699 int valid = 0; 9700 char_u *tail; 9701 char_u *s, *p, *pbuf; 9702 char_u dirname[MAXPATHL]; 9703 int c; 9704 int has_fullname = 0; 9705 #ifdef WIN3264 9706 char_u *fname_start = *fnamep; 9707 int has_shortname = 0; 9708 #endif 9709 9710 repeat: 9711 /* ":p" - full path/file_name */ 9712 if (src[*usedlen] == ':' && src[*usedlen + 1] == 'p') 9713 { 9714 has_fullname = 1; 9715 9716 valid |= VALID_PATH; 9717 *usedlen += 2; 9718 9719 /* Expand "~/path" for all systems and "~user/path" for Unix and VMS */ 9720 if ((*fnamep)[0] == '~' 9721 #if !defined(UNIX) && !(defined(VMS) && defined(USER_HOME)) 9722 && ((*fnamep)[1] == '/' 9723 # ifdef BACKSLASH_IN_FILENAME 9724 || (*fnamep)[1] == '\\' 9725 # endif 9726 || (*fnamep)[1] == NUL) 9727 9728 #endif 9729 ) 9730 { 9731 *fnamep = expand_env_save(*fnamep); 9732 vim_free(*bufp); /* free any allocated file name */ 9733 *bufp = *fnamep; 9734 if (*fnamep == NULL) 9735 return -1; 9736 } 9737 9738 /* When "/." or "/.." is used: force expansion to get rid of it. */ 9739 for (p = *fnamep; *p != NUL; MB_PTR_ADV(p)) 9740 { 9741 if (vim_ispathsep(*p) 9742 && p[1] == '.' 9743 && (p[2] == NUL 9744 || vim_ispathsep(p[2]) 9745 || (p[2] == '.' 9746 && (p[3] == NUL || vim_ispathsep(p[3]))))) 9747 break; 9748 } 9749 9750 /* FullName_save() is slow, don't use it when not needed. */ 9751 if (*p != NUL || !vim_isAbsName(*fnamep)) 9752 { 9753 *fnamep = FullName_save(*fnamep, *p != NUL); 9754 vim_free(*bufp); /* free any allocated file name */ 9755 *bufp = *fnamep; 9756 if (*fnamep == NULL) 9757 return -1; 9758 } 9759 9760 #ifdef WIN3264 9761 # if _WIN32_WINNT >= 0x0500 9762 if (vim_strchr(*fnamep, '~') != NULL) 9763 { 9764 /* Expand 8.3 filename to full path. Needed to make sure the same 9765 * file does not have two different names. 9766 * Note: problem does not occur if _WIN32_WINNT < 0x0500. */ 9767 p = alloc(_MAX_PATH + 1); 9768 if (p != NULL) 9769 { 9770 if (GetLongPathName((LPSTR)*fnamep, (LPSTR)p, _MAX_PATH)) 9771 { 9772 vim_free(*bufp); 9773 *bufp = *fnamep = p; 9774 } 9775 else 9776 vim_free(p); 9777 } 9778 } 9779 # endif 9780 #endif 9781 /* Append a path separator to a directory. */ 9782 if (mch_isdir(*fnamep)) 9783 { 9784 /* Make room for one or two extra characters. */ 9785 *fnamep = vim_strnsave(*fnamep, (int)STRLEN(*fnamep) + 2); 9786 vim_free(*bufp); /* free any allocated file name */ 9787 *bufp = *fnamep; 9788 if (*fnamep == NULL) 9789 return -1; 9790 add_pathsep(*fnamep); 9791 } 9792 } 9793 9794 /* ":." - path relative to the current directory */ 9795 /* ":~" - path relative to the home directory */ 9796 /* ":8" - shortname path - postponed till after */ 9797 while (src[*usedlen] == ':' 9798 && ((c = src[*usedlen + 1]) == '.' || c == '~' || c == '8')) 9799 { 9800 *usedlen += 2; 9801 if (c == '8') 9802 { 9803 #ifdef WIN3264 9804 has_shortname = 1; /* Postpone this. */ 9805 #endif 9806 continue; 9807 } 9808 pbuf = NULL; 9809 /* Need full path first (use expand_env() to remove a "~/") */ 9810 if (!has_fullname) 9811 { 9812 if (c == '.' && **fnamep == '~') 9813 p = pbuf = expand_env_save(*fnamep); 9814 else 9815 p = pbuf = FullName_save(*fnamep, FALSE); 9816 } 9817 else 9818 p = *fnamep; 9819 9820 has_fullname = 0; 9821 9822 if (p != NULL) 9823 { 9824 if (c == '.') 9825 { 9826 mch_dirname(dirname, MAXPATHL); 9827 s = shorten_fname(p, dirname); 9828 if (s != NULL) 9829 { 9830 *fnamep = s; 9831 if (pbuf != NULL) 9832 { 9833 vim_free(*bufp); /* free any allocated file name */ 9834 *bufp = pbuf; 9835 pbuf = NULL; 9836 } 9837 } 9838 } 9839 else 9840 { 9841 home_replace(NULL, p, dirname, MAXPATHL, TRUE); 9842 /* Only replace it when it starts with '~' */ 9843 if (*dirname == '~') 9844 { 9845 s = vim_strsave(dirname); 9846 if (s != NULL) 9847 { 9848 *fnamep = s; 9849 vim_free(*bufp); 9850 *bufp = s; 9851 } 9852 } 9853 } 9854 vim_free(pbuf); 9855 } 9856 } 9857 9858 tail = gettail(*fnamep); 9859 *fnamelen = (int)STRLEN(*fnamep); 9860 9861 /* ":h" - head, remove "/file_name", can be repeated */ 9862 /* Don't remove the first "/" or "c:\" */ 9863 while (src[*usedlen] == ':' && src[*usedlen + 1] == 'h') 9864 { 9865 valid |= VALID_HEAD; 9866 *usedlen += 2; 9867 s = get_past_head(*fnamep); 9868 while (tail > s && after_pathsep(s, tail)) 9869 MB_PTR_BACK(*fnamep, tail); 9870 *fnamelen = (int)(tail - *fnamep); 9871 #ifdef VMS 9872 if (*fnamelen > 0) 9873 *fnamelen += 1; /* the path separator is part of the path */ 9874 #endif 9875 if (*fnamelen == 0) 9876 { 9877 /* Result is empty. Turn it into "." to make ":cd %:h" work. */ 9878 p = vim_strsave((char_u *)"."); 9879 if (p == NULL) 9880 return -1; 9881 vim_free(*bufp); 9882 *bufp = *fnamep = tail = p; 9883 *fnamelen = 1; 9884 } 9885 else 9886 { 9887 while (tail > s && !after_pathsep(s, tail)) 9888 MB_PTR_BACK(*fnamep, tail); 9889 } 9890 } 9891 9892 /* ":8" - shortname */ 9893 if (src[*usedlen] == ':' && src[*usedlen + 1] == '8') 9894 { 9895 *usedlen += 2; 9896 #ifdef WIN3264 9897 has_shortname = 1; 9898 #endif 9899 } 9900 9901 #ifdef WIN3264 9902 /* 9903 * Handle ":8" after we have done 'heads' and before we do 'tails'. 9904 */ 9905 if (has_shortname) 9906 { 9907 /* Copy the string if it is shortened by :h and when it wasn't copied 9908 * yet, because we are going to change it in place. Avoids changing 9909 * the buffer name for "%:8". */ 9910 if (*fnamelen < (int)STRLEN(*fnamep) || *fnamep == fname_start) 9911 { 9912 p = vim_strnsave(*fnamep, *fnamelen); 9913 if (p == NULL) 9914 return -1; 9915 vim_free(*bufp); 9916 *bufp = *fnamep = p; 9917 } 9918 9919 /* Split into two implementations - makes it easier. First is where 9920 * there isn't a full name already, second is where there is. */ 9921 if (!has_fullname && !vim_isAbsName(*fnamep)) 9922 { 9923 if (shortpath_for_partial(fnamep, bufp, fnamelen) == FAIL) 9924 return -1; 9925 } 9926 else 9927 { 9928 int l = *fnamelen; 9929 9930 /* Simple case, already have the full-name. 9931 * Nearly always shorter, so try first time. */ 9932 if (get_short_pathname(fnamep, bufp, &l) == FAIL) 9933 return -1; 9934 9935 if (l == 0) 9936 { 9937 /* Couldn't find the filename, search the paths. */ 9938 l = *fnamelen; 9939 if (shortpath_for_invalid_fname(fnamep, bufp, &l) == FAIL) 9940 return -1; 9941 } 9942 *fnamelen = l; 9943 } 9944 } 9945 #endif /* WIN3264 */ 9946 9947 /* ":t" - tail, just the basename */ 9948 if (src[*usedlen] == ':' && src[*usedlen + 1] == 't') 9949 { 9950 *usedlen += 2; 9951 *fnamelen -= (int)(tail - *fnamep); 9952 *fnamep = tail; 9953 } 9954 9955 /* ":e" - extension, can be repeated */ 9956 /* ":r" - root, without extension, can be repeated */ 9957 while (src[*usedlen] == ':' 9958 && (src[*usedlen + 1] == 'e' || src[*usedlen + 1] == 'r')) 9959 { 9960 /* find a '.' in the tail: 9961 * - for second :e: before the current fname 9962 * - otherwise: The last '.' 9963 */ 9964 if (src[*usedlen + 1] == 'e' && *fnamep > tail) 9965 s = *fnamep - 2; 9966 else 9967 s = *fnamep + *fnamelen - 1; 9968 for ( ; s > tail; --s) 9969 if (s[0] == '.') 9970 break; 9971 if (src[*usedlen + 1] == 'e') /* :e */ 9972 { 9973 if (s > tail) 9974 { 9975 *fnamelen += (int)(*fnamep - (s + 1)); 9976 *fnamep = s + 1; 9977 #ifdef VMS 9978 /* cut version from the extension */ 9979 s = *fnamep + *fnamelen - 1; 9980 for ( ; s > *fnamep; --s) 9981 if (s[0] == ';') 9982 break; 9983 if (s > *fnamep) 9984 *fnamelen = s - *fnamep; 9985 #endif 9986 } 9987 else if (*fnamep <= tail) 9988 *fnamelen = 0; 9989 } 9990 else /* :r */ 9991 { 9992 if (s > tail) /* remove one extension */ 9993 *fnamelen = (int)(s - *fnamep); 9994 } 9995 *usedlen += 2; 9996 } 9997 9998 /* ":s?pat?foo?" - substitute */ 9999 /* ":gs?pat?foo?" - global substitute */ 10000 if (src[*usedlen] == ':' 10001 && (src[*usedlen + 1] == 's' 10002 || (src[*usedlen + 1] == 'g' && src[*usedlen + 2] == 's'))) 10003 { 10004 char_u *str; 10005 char_u *pat; 10006 char_u *sub; 10007 int sep; 10008 char_u *flags; 10009 int didit = FALSE; 10010 10011 flags = (char_u *)""; 10012 s = src + *usedlen + 2; 10013 if (src[*usedlen + 1] == 'g') 10014 { 10015 flags = (char_u *)"g"; 10016 ++s; 10017 } 10018 10019 sep = *s++; 10020 if (sep) 10021 { 10022 /* find end of pattern */ 10023 p = vim_strchr(s, sep); 10024 if (p != NULL) 10025 { 10026 pat = vim_strnsave(s, (int)(p - s)); 10027 if (pat != NULL) 10028 { 10029 s = p + 1; 10030 /* find end of substitution */ 10031 p = vim_strchr(s, sep); 10032 if (p != NULL) 10033 { 10034 sub = vim_strnsave(s, (int)(p - s)); 10035 str = vim_strnsave(*fnamep, *fnamelen); 10036 if (sub != NULL && str != NULL) 10037 { 10038 *usedlen = (int)(p + 1 - src); 10039 s = do_string_sub(str, pat, sub, NULL, flags); 10040 if (s != NULL) 10041 { 10042 *fnamep = s; 10043 *fnamelen = (int)STRLEN(s); 10044 vim_free(*bufp); 10045 *bufp = s; 10046 didit = TRUE; 10047 } 10048 } 10049 vim_free(sub); 10050 vim_free(str); 10051 } 10052 vim_free(pat); 10053 } 10054 } 10055 /* after using ":s", repeat all the modifiers */ 10056 if (didit) 10057 goto repeat; 10058 } 10059 } 10060 10061 if (src[*usedlen] == ':' && src[*usedlen + 1] == 'S') 10062 { 10063 /* vim_strsave_shellescape() needs a NUL terminated string. */ 10064 c = (*fnamep)[*fnamelen]; 10065 if (c != NUL) 10066 (*fnamep)[*fnamelen] = NUL; 10067 p = vim_strsave_shellescape(*fnamep, FALSE, FALSE); 10068 if (c != NUL) 10069 (*fnamep)[*fnamelen] = c; 10070 if (p == NULL) 10071 return -1; 10072 vim_free(*bufp); 10073 *bufp = *fnamep = p; 10074 *fnamelen = (int)STRLEN(p); 10075 *usedlen += 2; 10076 } 10077 10078 return valid; 10079 } 10080 10081 /* 10082 * Perform a substitution on "str" with pattern "pat" and substitute "sub". 10083 * When "sub" is NULL "expr" is used, must be a VAR_FUNC or VAR_PARTIAL. 10084 * "flags" can be "g" to do a global substitute. 10085 * Returns an allocated string, NULL for error. 10086 */ 10087 char_u * 10088 do_string_sub( 10089 char_u *str, 10090 char_u *pat, 10091 char_u *sub, 10092 typval_T *expr, 10093 char_u *flags) 10094 { 10095 int sublen; 10096 regmatch_T regmatch; 10097 int i; 10098 int do_all; 10099 char_u *tail; 10100 char_u *end; 10101 garray_T ga; 10102 char_u *ret; 10103 char_u *save_cpo; 10104 char_u *zero_width = NULL; 10105 10106 /* Make 'cpoptions' empty, so that the 'l' flag doesn't work here */ 10107 save_cpo = p_cpo; 10108 p_cpo = empty_option; 10109 10110 ga_init2(&ga, 1, 200); 10111 10112 do_all = (flags[0] == 'g'); 10113 10114 regmatch.rm_ic = p_ic; 10115 regmatch.regprog = vim_regcomp(pat, RE_MAGIC + RE_STRING); 10116 if (regmatch.regprog != NULL) 10117 { 10118 tail = str; 10119 end = str + STRLEN(str); 10120 while (vim_regexec_nl(®match, str, (colnr_T)(tail - str))) 10121 { 10122 /* Skip empty match except for first match. */ 10123 if (regmatch.startp[0] == regmatch.endp[0]) 10124 { 10125 if (zero_width == regmatch.startp[0]) 10126 { 10127 /* avoid getting stuck on a match with an empty string */ 10128 i = MB_PTR2LEN(tail); 10129 mch_memmove((char_u *)ga.ga_data + ga.ga_len, tail, 10130 (size_t)i); 10131 ga.ga_len += i; 10132 tail += i; 10133 continue; 10134 } 10135 zero_width = regmatch.startp[0]; 10136 } 10137 10138 /* 10139 * Get some space for a temporary buffer to do the substitution 10140 * into. It will contain: 10141 * - The text up to where the match is. 10142 * - The substituted text. 10143 * - The text after the match. 10144 */ 10145 sublen = vim_regsub(®match, sub, expr, tail, FALSE, TRUE, FALSE); 10146 if (ga_grow(&ga, (int)((end - tail) + sublen - 10147 (regmatch.endp[0] - regmatch.startp[0]))) == FAIL) 10148 { 10149 ga_clear(&ga); 10150 break; 10151 } 10152 10153 /* copy the text up to where the match is */ 10154 i = (int)(regmatch.startp[0] - tail); 10155 mch_memmove((char_u *)ga.ga_data + ga.ga_len, tail, (size_t)i); 10156 /* add the substituted text */ 10157 (void)vim_regsub(®match, sub, expr, (char_u *)ga.ga_data 10158 + ga.ga_len + i, TRUE, TRUE, FALSE); 10159 ga.ga_len += i + sublen - 1; 10160 tail = regmatch.endp[0]; 10161 if (*tail == NUL) 10162 break; 10163 if (!do_all) 10164 break; 10165 } 10166 10167 if (ga.ga_data != NULL) 10168 STRCPY((char *)ga.ga_data + ga.ga_len, tail); 10169 10170 vim_regfree(regmatch.regprog); 10171 } 10172 10173 ret = vim_strsave(ga.ga_data == NULL ? str : (char_u *)ga.ga_data); 10174 ga_clear(&ga); 10175 if (p_cpo == empty_option) 10176 p_cpo = save_cpo; 10177 else 10178 /* Darn, evaluating {sub} expression or {expr} changed the value. */ 10179 free_string_option(save_cpo); 10180 10181 return ret; 10182 } 10183 10184 static int 10185 filter_map_one(typval_T *tv, typval_T *expr, int map, int *remp) 10186 { 10187 typval_T rettv; 10188 typval_T argv[3]; 10189 int retval = FAIL; 10190 10191 copy_tv(tv, &vimvars[VV_VAL].vv_tv); 10192 argv[0] = vimvars[VV_KEY].vv_tv; 10193 argv[1] = vimvars[VV_VAL].vv_tv; 10194 if (eval_expr_typval(expr, argv, 2, &rettv) == FAIL) 10195 goto theend; 10196 if (map) 10197 { 10198 /* map(): replace the list item value */ 10199 clear_tv(tv); 10200 rettv.v_lock = 0; 10201 *tv = rettv; 10202 } 10203 else 10204 { 10205 int error = FALSE; 10206 10207 /* filter(): when expr is zero remove the item */ 10208 *remp = (get_tv_number_chk(&rettv, &error) == 0); 10209 clear_tv(&rettv); 10210 /* On type error, nothing has been removed; return FAIL to stop the 10211 * loop. The error message was given by get_tv_number_chk(). */ 10212 if (error) 10213 goto theend; 10214 } 10215 retval = OK; 10216 theend: 10217 clear_tv(&vimvars[VV_VAL].vv_tv); 10218 return retval; 10219 } 10220 10221 10222 /* 10223 * Implementation of map() and filter(). 10224 */ 10225 void 10226 filter_map(typval_T *argvars, typval_T *rettv, int map) 10227 { 10228 typval_T *expr; 10229 listitem_T *li, *nli; 10230 list_T *l = NULL; 10231 dictitem_T *di; 10232 hashtab_T *ht; 10233 hashitem_T *hi; 10234 dict_T *d = NULL; 10235 typval_T save_val; 10236 typval_T save_key; 10237 int rem; 10238 int todo; 10239 char_u *ermsg = (char_u *)(map ? "map()" : "filter()"); 10240 char_u *arg_errmsg = (char_u *)(map ? N_("map() argument") 10241 : N_("filter() argument")); 10242 int save_did_emsg; 10243 int idx = 0; 10244 10245 if (argvars[0].v_type == VAR_LIST) 10246 { 10247 if ((l = argvars[0].vval.v_list) == NULL 10248 || (!map && tv_check_lock(l->lv_lock, arg_errmsg, TRUE))) 10249 return; 10250 } 10251 else if (argvars[0].v_type == VAR_DICT) 10252 { 10253 if ((d = argvars[0].vval.v_dict) == NULL 10254 || (!map && tv_check_lock(d->dv_lock, arg_errmsg, TRUE))) 10255 return; 10256 } 10257 else 10258 { 10259 EMSG2(_(e_listdictarg), ermsg); 10260 return; 10261 } 10262 10263 expr = &argvars[1]; 10264 /* On type errors, the preceding call has already displayed an error 10265 * message. Avoid a misleading error message for an empty string that 10266 * was not passed as argument. */ 10267 if (expr->v_type != VAR_UNKNOWN) 10268 { 10269 prepare_vimvar(VV_VAL, &save_val); 10270 10271 /* We reset "did_emsg" to be able to detect whether an error 10272 * occurred during evaluation of the expression. */ 10273 save_did_emsg = did_emsg; 10274 did_emsg = FALSE; 10275 10276 prepare_vimvar(VV_KEY, &save_key); 10277 if (argvars[0].v_type == VAR_DICT) 10278 { 10279 vimvars[VV_KEY].vv_type = VAR_STRING; 10280 10281 ht = &d->dv_hashtab; 10282 hash_lock(ht); 10283 todo = (int)ht->ht_used; 10284 for (hi = ht->ht_array; todo > 0; ++hi) 10285 { 10286 if (!HASHITEM_EMPTY(hi)) 10287 { 10288 int r; 10289 10290 --todo; 10291 di = HI2DI(hi); 10292 if (map && 10293 (tv_check_lock(di->di_tv.v_lock, arg_errmsg, TRUE) 10294 || var_check_ro(di->di_flags, arg_errmsg, TRUE))) 10295 break; 10296 vimvars[VV_KEY].vv_str = vim_strsave(di->di_key); 10297 r = filter_map_one(&di->di_tv, expr, map, &rem); 10298 clear_tv(&vimvars[VV_KEY].vv_tv); 10299 if (r == FAIL || did_emsg) 10300 break; 10301 if (!map && rem) 10302 { 10303 if (var_check_fixed(di->di_flags, arg_errmsg, TRUE) 10304 || var_check_ro(di->di_flags, arg_errmsg, TRUE)) 10305 break; 10306 dictitem_remove(d, di); 10307 } 10308 } 10309 } 10310 hash_unlock(ht); 10311 } 10312 else 10313 { 10314 vimvars[VV_KEY].vv_type = VAR_NUMBER; 10315 10316 for (li = l->lv_first; li != NULL; li = nli) 10317 { 10318 if (map && tv_check_lock(li->li_tv.v_lock, arg_errmsg, TRUE)) 10319 break; 10320 nli = li->li_next; 10321 vimvars[VV_KEY].vv_nr = idx; 10322 if (filter_map_one(&li->li_tv, expr, map, &rem) == FAIL 10323 || did_emsg) 10324 break; 10325 if (!map && rem) 10326 listitem_remove(l, li); 10327 ++idx; 10328 } 10329 } 10330 10331 restore_vimvar(VV_KEY, &save_key); 10332 restore_vimvar(VV_VAL, &save_val); 10333 10334 did_emsg |= save_did_emsg; 10335 } 10336 10337 copy_tv(&argvars[0], rettv); 10338 } 10339 10340 #endif /* defined(FEAT_MODIFY_FNAME) || defined(FEAT_EVAL) */ 10341